[Date Prev][Date Next][Thread Prev][Thread Next][Date Index][Thread Index]
[groff] 01/01: all man-pages in groff source tree: use \[aq], \[oq], \[
|
From: |
Bernd Warken |
|
Subject: |
[groff] 01/01: all man-pages in groff source tree: use \[aq], \[oq], \[cq], \[co] |
|
Date: |
Fri, 19 Sep 2014 22:35:55 +0000 |
bwarken pushed a commit to branch master
in repository groff.
commit 1a0ea2d7ae1e6fcf0facfc59690824818e0f4a31
Author: Bernd Warken <address@hidden>
Date: Sat Sep 20 00:35:44 2014 +0200
all man-pages in groff source tree: use \[aq], \[oq], \[cq], \[co]
---
ChangeLog | 7 +
contrib/chem/chem.man | 104 +--
contrib/eqn2graph/eqn2graph.man | 57 ++-
contrib/gdiffmk/gdiffmk.man | 155 +++--
contrib/gideal/gideal.man | 82 +--
contrib/gideal/ideal.man | 85 +--
contrib/glilypond/examples/example.groff | 30 +
contrib/glilypond/glilypond.man | 69 +--
contrib/gperl/gperl.man | 24 +-
contrib/gpinyin/gpinyin.man | 49 +-
contrib/grap2graph/grap2graph.man | 53 ++-
contrib/groff_filenames/groff_filenames.man | 69 +--
contrib/groffer/groffer.man | 52 +-
contrib/groffer/roff2.man | 67 +-
contrib/hdtbl/groff_hdtbl.man | 109 ++-
contrib/mm/groff_mm.man | 1018 +++++++++++++++++++--------
contrib/mm/groff_mmse.man | 5 +-
contrib/mm/mmroff.man | 42 +-
contrib/mom/BUGS | 2 +-
contrib/mom/NEWS | 2 +-
contrib/mom/copyright | 4 +-
contrib/mom/examples/README.txt | 2 +-
contrib/mom/examples/elvis_syntax | 2 +-
contrib/mom/examples/elvis_syntax.new | 2 +-
contrib/mom/examples/letter.mom | 2 +-
contrib/mom/examples/mom.vim | 2 +-
contrib/mom/examples/sample_docs.mom | 2 +-
contrib/mom/examples/typesetting.mom | 2 +-
contrib/mom/groff_mom.man | 80 +--
contrib/mom/om.tmac | 8 +-
contrib/pdfmark/ChangeLog | 3 +-
contrib/pdfmark/PROBLEMS | 2 +-
contrib/pdfmark/README | 2 +-
contrib/pdfmark/cover.ms | 2 +-
contrib/pdfmark/pdfroff.man | 226 ++++---
contrib/pic2graph/pic2graph.man | 81 ++-
doc/webpage.ms | 8 +-
man/ditroff.man | 96 ++--
man/groff.man | 188 ++++--
man/groff_char.man | 221 +++---
man/groff_diff.man | 184 +++---
man/groff_font.man | 55 +-
man/groff_out.man | 37 +-
man/groff_tmac.man | 124 ++--
man/roff.man | 150 +++--
src/devices/grodvi/grodvi.man | 15 +-
src/devices/grohtml/grohtml.man | 62 ++-
src/devices/grolbp/grolbp.man | 35 +-
src/devices/grolj4/grolj4.man | 25 +-
src/devices/grolj4/lj4_font.man | 5 +-
src/devices/gropdf/gropdf.man | 38 +-
src/devices/gropdf/pdfmom.man | 67 ++-
src/devices/grops/grops.man | 12 +-
src/devices/grotty/grotty.man | 100 ++-
src/devices/xditview/gxditview.man | 92 ++-
src/preproc/eqn/eqn.man | 22 +-
src/preproc/eqn/neqn.man | 2 +-
src/preproc/grn/grn.man | 8 +-
src/preproc/pic/pic.man | 7 +-
src/preproc/preconv/preconv.man | 3 +-
src/preproc/refer/refer.man | 4 +-
src/preproc/soelim/soelim.man | 4 +-
src/preproc/tbl/tbl.man | 5 +-
src/roff/groff/groff.man | 2 +-
src/roff/grog/grog.man | 3 +-
src/roff/nroff/nroff.man | 7 +-
src/roff/troff/troff.man | 8 +-
src/utils/addftinfo/addftinfo.man | 8 +-
src/utils/afmtodit/afmtodit.man | 15 +-
src/utils/hpftodit/hpftodit.man | 47 +-
src/utils/indxbib/indxbib.man | 4 +-
src/utils/lkbib/lkbib.man | 4 +-
src/utils/lookbib/lookbib.man | 4 +-
src/utils/pfbtops/pfbtops.man | 5 +-
src/utils/tfmtodit/tfmtodit.man | 6 +-
src/utils/xtotroff/xtotroff.man | 9 +-
tmac/groff_man.man | 96 ++--
tmac/groff_mdoc.man | 2 +-
tmac/groff_me.man | 2 +-
tmac/groff_ms.man | 2 +-
tmac/groff_trace.man | 5 +-
tmac/groff_www.man | 10 +-
82 files changed, 2563 insertions(+), 1748 deletions(-)
diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog
index c75b002..45b8feb 100644
--- a/ChangeLog
+++ b/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,10 @@
+2014-09-20 Bernd Warken <address@hidden>
+
+ * Man-pages (*.man) in the whole groff source tree: Improve
+ documents by adding \[co], \[cq], \[aq] instead of ` or ' and use
+ also \[co] as long as it makes sense. Remove \[en] in the years
+ date in order to allow the automatic license year increasing.
+
2014-09-18 Bernd Warken <address@hidden>
* <groff-source-top>/*: Improve the license information and Emacs
diff --git a/contrib/chem/chem.man b/contrib/chem/chem.man
index 6dda1ac..33c0a21 100644
--- a/contrib/chem/chem.man
+++ b/contrib/chem/chem.man
@@ -2,30 +2,37 @@
.SH NAME
@address@hidden \- groff preprocessor for producing chemical structure diagrams
.
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.\" @address@hidden - man page for @address@hidden (section 1).
+.\" Source file position: <groff_source_top>/contrib/chem/chem.man
+.\" Installed position: $prefix/share/man/man1/@address@hidden
.
-.ig
address@hidden@chem.1 - man page for @address@hidden (section 1).
-
-Source file position: <groff_source_top>/contrib/chem/chem.man
-Installed position: $prefix/share/man/man1/@address@hidden
-
-This file was written by Bernd Warken <address@hidden>.
-
-It is based on the documentation of Brian Kernighan's original awk
-version of chem at <http://cm.bell-labs.com/cm/cs/who/bwk/index.html>.
-
-Copyright (C) 2006\[en]2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.\" Legal Terms
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
+.de co
+Copyright \[co] 2006-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of chem, which is part of groff, a free software
project.
-You can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the "GNU
-General Public License version 2" (GPL2) as published by the "Free
-Software Foundation".
+You can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
+General Public License version 2 (GPL2) as published by the Free
+Software Foundation.
The license text for GPL2 is available in the internet at
-<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-2.0.html>.
+.UR http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-2.0.html
+.UE .
+..
+.
+.de au
+This file was written by Bernd Warken <address@hidden>.
+
+It is based on the documentation of Brian Kernighan's original awk
+version of chem at
+.UR http://cm.bell-labs.com/cm/cs/who/bwk/index.html
+.UE .
..
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -80,7 +87,7 @@ The license text for GPL2 is available in the internet at
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.\" SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
.SY @address@hidden
@@ -954,57 +961,6 @@ for information on availability.
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.SH "AUTHORS"
-.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
-This file was written by
-.MT address@hidden
-Bernd Warken
-.ME .
-.
-It is based on the documentation of
-.UR http://\:cm.bell-labs.com/\:cm/\:cs/\:who/\:bwk/\:index.html
-Brian Kernighan
-.UE 's
-original
-.I awk
-version of
-.IR chem .
-.
-.
-.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.SH "COPYING"
-.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
-Copyright (C) 2006\[en]2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.
-.P
-This file is part of
-.IR chem ,
-which is part of
-.IR groff ,
-a free software project.
-.
-You can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the
-.nh
-.B "GNU General Public License version 2"
-.RB ( GPL2 )
-.hy
-as published by the
-.nh
-.BR "Free Software Foundation" .
-.hy
-.
-.
-.P
-The license text for
-.B GPL2
-is available in the internet at
-.UR http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-2.0.html
-.UE .
-.
-.
-.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
@@ -1034,6 +990,16 @@ is
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "COPYING"
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.co
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "AUTHORS"
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.au
+.
+.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.\" Emacs settings
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
diff --git a/contrib/eqn2graph/eqn2graph.man b/contrib/eqn2graph/eqn2graph.man
index bf539a4..8d56768 100644
--- a/contrib/eqn2graph/eqn2graph.man
+++ b/contrib/eqn2graph/eqn2graph.man
@@ -1,3 +1,8 @@
+.TH EQN2GRAPH @MAN1EXT@ "@MDATE@" "Groff Version @VERSION@"
+.SH NAME
+eqn2graph \- convert an EQN equation into a cropped image
+.
+.
.\" This documentation is released to the public domain.
.
.
@@ -8,13 +13,10 @@
.el .TP "\\$1"
..
.
-.
-.TH EQN2GRAPH @MAN1EXT@ "@MDATE@" "Groff Version @VERSION@"
-.SH NAME
-eqn2graph \- convert an EQN equation into a cropped image
-.
-.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH SYNOPSIS
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
.B eqn2graph
[
.B \-unsafe
@@ -24,29 +26,39 @@ eqn2graph \- convert an EQN equation into a cropped image
]
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH DESCRIPTION
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
Reads an EQN equation (one line) as input; produces an image
file (by default in Portable Network Graphics format) suitable for the
Web as output.
+.
+.
.P
Your input EQN code should
.I not
-have the \&.EQ/.EN preamble that
-that normally precedes it within
+have the \&.EQ/.EN preamble that normally precedes it within
.BR groff (@MAN1EXT@)
macros; nor do you need to have dollar-sign or other delimiters
around the equation.
+.
+.
.P
The output image will be clipped to the smallest possible bounding box
that contains all the black pixels.
+.
Older versions of
.BR convert (1)
will produce a black-on-white graphic; newer ones may produce a
black-on-transparent graphic.
+.
By specifying command-line options to be passed to
.BR convert (1)
you can give it a border, force the background transparent, set the
image's pixel density, or perform other useful transformations.
+.
+.
.P
This program uses
.BR @address@hidden (@MAN1EXT@),
@@ -54,13 +66,17 @@ This program uses
and the ImageMagick
.BR convert (1)
program.
+.
These programs must be installed on your system and accessible on your
$PATH for
.B eqn2graph
to work.
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH OPTIONS
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
.TP
.B \-unsafe
Run
@@ -68,19 +84,27 @@ Run
in the `unsafe' mode enabling the PIC macro
.B sh
to execute arbitrary commands.
+.
The default is to forbid this.
+.
.TP
.BI \-format\ fmt
Specify an output format; the default is PNG (Portable Network Graphics).
+.
Any format that
.BR convert (1)
can emit is supported.
+.
+.
.PP
Command-line switches and arguments not listed above are passed to
.BR convert (1).
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH FILES
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
.Tp \w'address@hidden@/eqnrc'u+2n
.B @MACRODIR@/eqnrc
The
@@ -88,10 +112,14 @@ The
initialization file.
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH ENVIRONMENT
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
.TP
.B GROFF_TMPDIR
The directory in which temporary files will be created.
+.
If this is not set
.B eqn2graph
searches the environment variables
@@ -100,11 +128,15 @@ searches the environment variables
and
.B TEMP
(in that order).
+.
Otherwise, temporary files will be created in
.BR /tmp .
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH BUGS
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
Due to changes in the behavior of ImageMagick
.BR convert (1)
that are both forward and backward-incompatible,
@@ -113,6 +145,7 @@ mismatches between your
and
.BR convert (1)
versions may produce zero-sized or untrimmed output images.
+.
For this version of
.B eqn2graph
you will need a version of
@@ -126,8 +159,11 @@ used
which no longer has trimming behavior.
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.ad l
.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
.BR pic2graph (@MAN1EXT@),
.BR grap2graph (@MAN1EXT@),
.BR @address@hidden (@MAN1EXT@),
@@ -136,9 +172,12 @@ which no longer has trimming behavior.
.BR convert (1).
.
.
-.SH AUTHOR
+.SH AUTHORS
Eric S.\& Raymond <address@hidden>.
.
+This documentation is released to the public domain.
+.
+.
.\" Local Variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" End:
diff --git a/contrib/gdiffmk/gdiffmk.man b/contrib/gdiffmk/gdiffmk.man
index 3a0fe3b..87c2175 100644
--- a/contrib/gdiffmk/gdiffmk.man
+++ b/contrib/gdiffmk/gdiffmk.man
@@ -1,33 +1,45 @@
-.ig \"-*- nroff -*-
-Copyright (C) 2004-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.\"-*- nroff -*-
+.TH GDIFFMK @MAN1EXT@ "@MDATE@" "Groff Version @VERSION@"
+.SH NAME
+.
+.\" gdiffmk \- mark differences between groff/nroff/troff files
+.
+.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.\" Legal Terms
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
+.de co
+Copyright \[co] 2004-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-This file is part of the gdiffmk utility, which is part of groff.
-Written by Mike Bianchi <address@hidden <mailto:address@hidden>>
+This file is part of the gdiffmk utility, which is part of groff, a
+free software project.
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
+You can redistribute and/or modify gdiffmk under the terms of the GNU
+General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation,
+either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later
+version.
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
-entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
+gdiffmk is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
+for more details.
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
-manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
-versions, except that this permission notice may be included in
-translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in
-the original English.
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
..
.
-.TH GDIFFMK @MAN1EXT@ "@MDATE@" "Groff Version @VERSION@"
-.
-.
-.SH NAME
-gdiffmk \- mark differences between groff/nroff/troff files
-.
+.de au
+This document was written and is maintained by
+.MT address@hidden
+Mike Bianchi
+.MT .
+..
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH SYNOPSIS
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
.nr a \n(.j
.ad l
.nr i \n(.i
@@ -59,7 +71,10 @@ gdiffmk \- mark differences between groff/nroff/troff files
.ad \na
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH DESCRIPTION
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
.B gdiffmk
compares two
.BR groff (1),
@@ -74,15 +89,18 @@ and creates an output which is
.I file2
with added `margin character' (.mc) commands that indicate the differences.
.
+.
.LP
If the
.I output
filename is present,
the output is written there.
+.
If it is
.B \-
or absent the output is written to the standard output.
.
+.
.LP
If the
.I file1
@@ -91,18 +109,24 @@ or
argument is
.B \-
the standard input is read for that input.
+.
Clearly both cannot be
.BR \- .
.
+.
.LP
Note that the output is not necessarily compatible with all macro packages
and all preprocessors.
+.
See the
.B BUGS
section below.
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH OPTIONS
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
.TP
.BI \-a addmark
Use the
@@ -111,6 +135,7 @@ for source lines not in
.I file1
but present in
.IR file2 .
+.
Default:
.BR + .
.
@@ -122,10 +147,12 @@ option end
with an added troff break command,
.BR .br ,
to ensure that the deletions are marked properly.
+.
This is the only way to guarantee that deletions and small
changes get flagged.
-This option directs the program not to insert these breaks; it makes no
-sense to use it without
+.
+This option directs the program not to insert these breaks; it makes
+no sense to use it without
.BR \-D .
.
.TP
@@ -133,6 +160,7 @@ sense to use it without
Use the
.I changemark
for changed source lines.
+.
Default:
.BR | .
.
@@ -141,12 +169,14 @@ Default:
Use the
.I deletemark
for deleted source lines.
+.
Default:
.BR * .
.
.TP
.B \-D
Show the deleted portions from changed and deleted text.
+.
Default delimiting marks:
.BR "[[" " \&.\|.\|.\& " "]]" .
.
@@ -155,6 +185,7 @@ Default delimiting marks:
Change the delimiting marks for the
.B \-D
option.
+.
It makes no sense to use this option without
.BR \-D .
.
@@ -166,12 +197,14 @@ command to perform the comparison of
.I file1
and
.IR file2 .
+.
In particular,
.I diffcmd
should accept the GNU
.B diff
.BI \-D name
option.
+.
Default:
.BR diff (1).
.
@@ -190,14 +223,19 @@ Print a usage message on standard error output and exit.
Print version information on the standard output and exit.
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH BUGS
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
The output is not necessarily compatible with all macro packages
and all preprocessors.
-A workaround that is often successful against preprocessor problems
-is to run
+.
+A workaround that is often successful against preprocessor problems is
+to run
.B gdiffmk
on the output of all the preprocessors instead of the input source.
.
+.
.LP
.B gdiffmk
relies on the
@@ -205,72 +243,41 @@ relies on the
option of GNU
.BR diff (1)
to make a merged `#ifdef' output format.
+.
It hasn't been tested whether other versions of
.BR diff (1)
do support this option.
+.
See also the
.BI \-x diffcmd
option.
.
+.
.LP
-Report bugs to address@hidden
+Report bugs to
+.MT address@hidden
+.ME .
+.
Include a complete, self-contained example that will allow the bug to
be reproduced, and say which version of
.B gdiffmk
you are using.
.
.
-.SH AUTHORS
-This document was written and is maintained by
-.MT address@hidden
-Mike Bianchi
-.ME .
-.
-.LP
-This document is distributed under the terms of the FDL (GNU Free
-Documentation License) version 1.1 or later.
-You should have received a copy of the FDL on your system, it is also
-available on-line at the
-.UR http://\:www.gnu.org/\:copyleft/\:fdl.html
-GNU copyleft site
-.UE .
-.
-.LP
-.B gdiffmk
-is part of the
-.I groff
-GNU free software project.
-All parts of the
-.I groff package
-are protected by GNU copyleft licenses.
-The software files are distributed under the terms of the GNU General
-Public License (GPL), while the documentation files mostly use the GNU
-Free Documentation License (FDL).
-.
-.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH COPYRIGHT
-Copyright \(co 2004, 2005, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.
-.LP
-.B gdiffmk
-is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
-Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-.
-.LP
-.B gdiffmk
-is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
-WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-.
-.LP
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.co
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH AUTHORS
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.au
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
.BR groff (@MAN1EXT@),
.BR nroff (@MAN1EXT@),
.BR gtroff (@MAN1EXT@),
diff --git a/contrib/gideal/gideal.man b/contrib/gideal/gideal.man
index aa8e6d6..c5a0b0d 100644
--- a/contrib/gideal/gideal.man
+++ b/contrib/gideal/gideal.man
@@ -5,29 +5,35 @@ gideal \(em \fIgroff\fP preprocessor for the \fIideal\fP
language
.
.\" The .SH was moved to this place in order to appease `apropos'.
.
+.\" gideal.1 - man page for the ideal roff preprocessor
+.\" Source file position: <groff_source_top>/contrib/gideal/gideal.man
+.\" Installed position: $prefix/share/man/man1/gideal.1
+.
+.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.\" Legalese
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
-.ig
-gideal.1 - man page for the ideal roff preprocessor
-
-Source file position: <groff_source_top>/contrib/gideal/gideal.man
-Installed position: $prefix/share/man/man1/gideal.1
-
-This file was written by Bernd Warken <address@hidden>
-.
-Copyright \(co 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.de co
+Copyright \[co] 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-This file is part of `gideal', which is part of `groff', a free
-software project.
+This file is part of gideal, which is part of groff, a free software
+project.
-You can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the
-`GNU General Public License version 2' (GPL2), as published by the
-`Free Software Foundation'.
+You can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
+General Public License version 2 (GPL2), as published by the Free
+Software Foundation.
The license text is available in the internet at
-<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-2.0.html>.
+.UR http://\:www.gnu.org/\:licenses/\:gpl-2.0.html
+.UE .
+..
+.
+.de au
+This file was written by
+.MT address@hidden
+Bernd Warken
+.ME .
..
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -323,52 +329,14 @@ Christopher J. Van Wyk
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.SH "AUTHORS"
+.SH "COPYING"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
-This file was written by
-.MT address@hidden
-Bernd Warken
-.ME .
-..
-.
+.co
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.SH "COPYING"
+.SH "AUTHORS"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.au
.
-Copyright \(co 2014
-.RS
-.ft CI
-Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.ft R
-.RE
-.
-.P
-This file is part of
-.IR \%gideal ,
-which is part of
-.IR \%groff ,
-a free software project.
-.
-You can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the
-.nh
-.ft CI
-GNU General Public License version 2
-.R
-(GPL2).
-.hy
-as published by the
-.nh
-.ft CI
-Free Software Foundation.
-.ft R
-.hy
-.
-.
-The license text is available in the internet at
-.UR http://\:www.gnu.org/\:licenses/\:gpl-2.0.html
-.UE .
-..
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.\" Emacs settings
diff --git a/contrib/gideal/ideal.man b/contrib/gideal/ideal.man
index 7671cbf..65c7ff1 100644
--- a/contrib/gideal/ideal.man
+++ b/contrib/gideal/ideal.man
@@ -4,29 +4,36 @@ ideal \[em] the groff \fIideal\fP language
.
.\" The .SH was moved to this place in order to appease `apropos'.
.
+.\" ideal.7 - man page for the ideal roff language
+
+.\" Source file position: <groff_source_top>/contrib/gideal/ideal.man
+.\" Installed position: $prefix/share/man/man7/ideal.7
+.
+.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.\" Legalese
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
-.ig
-ideal.7 - man page for the ideal roff language
-
-Source file position: <groff_source_top>/contrib/gideal/ideal.man
-Installed position: $prefix/share/man/man7/ideal.7
-
-This file was written by Bernd Warken <address@hidden>.
+.de co
+Copyright \[co] 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-Copyright 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This file is part of `ideal', which is part of `groff', a free
+This file is part of ideal and gideal, which is part of groff, a free
software project.
-You can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the `GNU
-General Public License version 2' (GPL2) as published by the `Free
-Software Foundation'.
+You can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
+General Public License version 2 (GPL2) as published by the Free
+Software Foundation.
The license text is available in the internet at
-<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-2.0.html>.
+.UR http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-2.0.html
+.UE .
+..
+.
+.de au
+This file was written by
+.MT address@hidden
+Bernd Warken
+.ME .
..
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -213,56 +220,14 @@ Christopher J. Van Wyk
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.SH "AUTHORS"
+.SH "COPYING"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
-Last update: 5 Jul 2014
-.
-.
-.P
-This file was written by
-.MT address@hidden
-Bernd Warken
-.ME .
-.
-.
+.co
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.SH "COPYING"
+.SH "AUTHORS"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.au
.
-Copyright \(co 2014
-.RS
-.ft CI
-Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.ft R
-.RE
-.
-.P
-This file is part of
-.IR \%ideal ,
-which is part of
-.IR \%groff ,
-a free software project.
-.
-You can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the
-.nh
-.ft CI
-GNU General Public License
-.ft R
-.hy
-as published by the
-.nh
-.ft CI
-Free Software Foundation version\~2
-.ft R
-.hy
-(\\f[CI]GPL2\\f[R]).
-.
-.P
-The license text is available in the internet at
-.UR http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-2.0.html
-.UE .
-..
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.\" Emacs settings
diff --git a/contrib/glilypond/examples/example.groff
b/contrib/glilypond/examples/example.groff
index dff84d2..ba48c52 100644
--- a/contrib/glilypond/examples/example.groff
+++ b/contrib/glilypond/examples/example.groff
@@ -1,3 +1,33 @@
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.\" Legalese
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
+.ig
+glilypond - integrate `lilypond' parts into `groff' files
+
+Source file position: <groff_source_top>/contrib/glilypond.man
+Installed position: <prefix>/share/man/man1/glilypond.1
+
+This file was written by Bernd Warken <address@hidden>.
+.
+Copyright (C) 2013-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of glilypond, which is part of GNU groff, a free
+software project.
+
+You can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
+General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
+The license text is available in the internet at
+.UR http://\%www.gnu.org/\%licenses/\%gpl-2.0.html
+.UE .
+..
+.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.\" Groff Part
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
before
.lilypond start
\version "2.14.2"
diff --git a/contrib/glilypond/glilypond.man b/contrib/glilypond/glilypond.man
index 3792257..462a934 100644
--- a/contrib/glilypond/glilypond.man
+++ b/contrib/glilypond/glilypond.man
@@ -4,29 +4,35 @@ glilypond \(em integrate lilypond parts into groff
.
.\" This .SH was moved to this place in order to appease `apropos'.
.
+.\" glilypond - integrate `lilypond' parts into `groff' files
+.\" Source file position: <groff_source_top>/contrib/glilypond.man
+.\" Installed position: <prefix>/share/man/man1/glilypond.1
+.
+.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.\" Legalese
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
-.ig
-glilypond - integrate `lilypond' parts into `groff' files
-
-Source file position: <groff_source_top>/contrib/glilypond.man
-Installed position: <prefix>/share/man/man1/glilypond.1
-
-This file was written by Bernd Warken <address@hidden>.
-.
-Copyright 2013-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.de co
+Copyright \[co] 2013-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-This file is part `glilypond', which is part of GNU `groff', a free
+This file is part of glilypond, which is part of GNU groff, a free
software project.
-You can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the "GNU
-General Public License version 2" as published by the "Free Software
-Foundation".
+You can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
+General Public License version 2 (GPL2) as published by the Free
+Software Foundation.
The license text is available in the internet at
-<http://\%www.gnu.org/\%licenses/\%gpl-2.0.html>.
+.UR http://\%www.gnu.org/\%licenses/\%gpl-2.0.html
+.UE .
+..
+.
+.de au
+This document was written by
+.MT address@hidden
+Bernd Warken
+.ME .
..
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -845,40 +851,13 @@ format.
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.SH "AUTHORS"
+.SH "COPYING"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
-This file was written by Bernd Warken
-.MT address@hidden
-.ME .
-.
-.
+.co
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.SH "COPYING"
+.SH "AUTHORS"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
-Copyright \(co 2013-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.
-.P
-This file is part of GNU groff, a free software project.
-
-You can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the
-.nh
-.B GNU General Public License
-version
-.B 2
-.RB ( GPL2 )
-.hy
-as published by the
-.nh
-.BR "Free Software Foundation" .
-.hy
-
-The license text is available in the internet at
-.nh
-.UR http://\%www.gnu.org/\%licenses/\%gpl-2.0.html
-.UE .
-.hy
+.au
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/contrib/gperl/gperl.man b/contrib/gperl/gperl.man
index 5817d42..116d318 100644
--- a/contrib/gperl/gperl.man
+++ b/contrib/gperl/gperl.man
@@ -2,19 +2,21 @@
.SH NAME
gperl \- groff preprocessor for Perl parts in roff files
.
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
.\" The .SH was moved to this place in order to appease `apropos'.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.\" Legalese
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
-.de authors
-This file was written by Bernd Warken <address@hidden>.
+.de au
+This file was written by
+.MT address@hidden
+Bernd Warken
+.ME .
..
.
-.de copyright
-Copyright (C) 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.de co
+Copyright \[co] 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
.
.P
This file is part of
@@ -55,7 +57,7 @@ The license text is available in the internet at
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.\" SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
.SY gperl
@@ -521,15 +523,13 @@ IPC/\:System/\:Simple.pm
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.SH "AUTHOR"
+.SH "COPYING"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.authors
-.
-.
+.co
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.SH "COPYING"
+.SH "AUTHORS"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.copyright
+.au
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/contrib/gpinyin/gpinyin.man b/contrib/gpinyin/gpinyin.man
index 14c4b9a..35d29df 100644
--- a/contrib/gpinyin/gpinyin.man
+++ b/contrib/gpinyin/gpinyin.man
@@ -9,36 +9,25 @@ gpinyin \- Chinese European-like writing within groff
.\" Legalese
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
-.de authors
-This file was written by Bernd Warken <address@hidden>.
-..
-.
-.de copyright
-Copyright (C) 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.
-.P
-This file is part of
-.IR \%gpinyin ,
-which is part of
-.IR \%groff ,
-a free software project.
-.
-You can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the
-.nh
-.B "GNU General Public License"
-.hy
-as published by the
-.nh
-.BR "Free Software Foundation" ,
-.hy
-version\~2.
-.
-.P
+.de co
+Copyright \[co] 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of gpinyin, which is part of groff, a free software
+project.
+
+You can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
+General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
The license text is available in the internet at
.UR http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-2.0.html
.UE .
..
.
+.de au
+This file was written by Bernd Warken <address@hidden>.
+..
+.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.\" Characters
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -406,15 +395,13 @@ py-vowels.htm
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.SH "AUTHOR"
+.SH "COPYING"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.authors
-.
-.
+.co
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.SH "COPYING"
+.SH "AUTHORS"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.copyright
+.au
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/contrib/grap2graph/grap2graph.man
b/contrib/grap2graph/grap2graph.man
index dad991a..d35888a 100644
--- a/contrib/grap2graph/grap2graph.man
+++ b/contrib/grap2graph/grap2graph.man
@@ -1,14 +1,12 @@
-.\" This documentation is released to the public domain.
-.
-.
.TH GRAP2GRAPH @MAN1EXT@ "@MDATE@" "Groff Version @VERSION@"
-.
-.
.SH NAME
grap2graph \- convert a grap diagram into a cropped bitmap image
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH SYNOPSIS
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
.B grap2graph
[
.B \-unsafe
@@ -21,23 +19,34 @@ grap2graph \- convert a grap diagram into a cropped bitmap
image
]
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH DESCRIPTION
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
Reads a grap program as input; produces an image file (by default in
Portable Network Graphics format) suitable for the Web as output.
+.
For a description of the grap language, see
.BR grap (1).
+.
+.
.P
Your graph specification should \fInot\fR be wrapped with the \&.G1 and
\&.G2 macros that normally guard it within
.BR groff (@MAN1EXT@)
macros.
+.
+.
.P
The output image will be a black-on-white graphic clipped to the
smallest possible bounding box that contains all the black pixels.
+.
By specifying command-line options to be passed to
.BR convert (1)
you can give it a border, set the background transparent, set the
image's pixel density, or perform other useful transformations.
+.
+.
.P
This program uses
.BR grap (1),
@@ -46,11 +55,15 @@ This program uses
and the ImageMagick
.BR convert (1)
program.
+.
These programs must be installed on your system and accessible on your
$PATH for \fBgrap2graph\fR to work.
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH OPTIONS
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
.TP
.B \-unsafe
Run
@@ -60,22 +73,31 @@ and
in the `unsafe' mode enabling the PIC macro
.B sh
to execute arbitrary commands.
+.
The default is to forbid this.
+.
.TP
.BI \-format\ fmt
Specify an output format; the default is PNG (Portable Network Graphics).
+.
Any format that
.BR convert (1)
can emit is supported.
+.
+.
.PP
Command-line switches and arguments not listed above are passed to
.BR convert (1).
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH ENVIRONMENT
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
.TP
.B GROFF_TMPDIR
The directory in which temporary files will be created.
+.
If this is not set
.B grap2graph
searches the environment variables
@@ -84,12 +106,16 @@ searches the environment variables
and
.B TEMP
(in that order).
+.
Otherwise, temporary files will be created in
.BR /tmp .
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.na
.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
.BR pic2graph (@MAN1EXT@),
.BR eqn2graph (@MAN1EXT@),
.BR @address@hidden (@MAN1EXT@),
@@ -98,8 +124,21 @@ Otherwise, temporary files will be created in
.BR convert (1).
.
.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Eric S.\& Raymond <address@hidden>
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH COPYING
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
+This documentation is released to the public domain.
+.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH AUTHORS
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
+This document was written by
+.MT address@hidden
+Eric S.\& Raymond
+.ME .
+.
.
.\" Local Variables:
.\" mode: nroff
diff --git a/contrib/groff_filenames/groff_filenames.man
b/contrib/groff_filenames/groff_filenames.man
index c1cf703..82b8019 100644
--- a/contrib/groff_filenames/groff_filenames.man
+++ b/contrib/groff_filenames/groff_filenames.man
@@ -9,24 +9,24 @@ groff_filenames \(em filename extensions for roff and groff
.\" Legalese
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
-.de au
-This file was written by Bernd Warken <address@hidden>.
-..
-.
.de co
-.nf
-.nh
-Copyright \(co 2013-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 2013-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-This file is part of `groff', a free software project. You can
-redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the "GNU General
-Public License version 2 (GPL2)" as published by the "Free Software
-Foundation (FSF)".
+This file is part of groff, a free software project. You can
+redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General
+Public License version 2 (GPL2) as published by the Free Software
+Foundation (FSF).
The license text can be found in the internet at
-<http://www.gnu.org/licenses>.
-.hy
-.fi
+.UR http://www.gnu.org/licenses
+.UE .
+..
+.
+.de au
+This file was written by
+.MT address@hidden
+Bernd Warken
+.ME .
..
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -647,47 +647,14 @@ You can get this package with the shell command:
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.SH "AUTHORS"
+.SH "COPYING"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
-.au
-.
-.
+.co
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.SH "COPYING"
+.SH "AUTHORS"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.au
.
-Copyright \(co 2013-2014
-.RS
-.ft CI
-Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.ft R
-.RE
-.
-.
-.P
-This file is part of
-.ft CI
-groff\\fR, a free software project.
-.
-.P
-You can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the
-.nh
-.ft CI
-GNU General Public License version 2 (GPL2
-.ft R
-.hy
-as published by the
-.nh
-.ft CI
-Free Software Foundation (FSF)\\fR.
-.hy
-.
-.P
-The license text can be found in the internet at
-.UR http://\\:www.gnu.org/\\:licenses
-.UE .
-..
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.\" Emacs settings
diff --git a/contrib/groffer/groffer.man b/contrib/groffer/groffer.man
index bd3a6b5..46b1104 100644
--- a/contrib/groffer/groffer.man
+++ b/contrib/groffer/groffer.man
@@ -2,42 +2,34 @@
.SH NAME
groffer \- display groff files and man\~pages on X and tty
.
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
.\" The .SH was moved to this place in order to appease `apropos'.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.\" Legalese
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
-.de authors
-This file was written by Bernd Warken <address@hidden>.
-..
.de co
-Copyright (C) 2001\[en]2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.
-.P
-This file is part of
-.IR \%groffer ,
-which is part of
-.IR \%groff ,
-a free software project.
-.
-You can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the
-.nh
-.B "GNU General Public License"
-.hy
-as published by the
-.nh
-.BR "Free Software Foundation" ,
-.hy
-version\~2.
-.
-.P
+Copyright \[co] 2001-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of groffer, which is part of groff, a free software
+project.
+
+You can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
+General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
The license text is available in the internet at
.UR http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-2.0.html
.UE .
..
.
+.de au
+This file was written by
+.MT address@hidden
+Bernd Warken
+.ME .
+..
+.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.\" Characters
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -54,7 +46,7 @@ The license text is available in the internet at
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.\" SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
.SY groffer
@@ -3900,15 +3892,13 @@ The decompression programs supported by
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.SH "AUTHORS"
-.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.authors
-.
-.
-.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH "COPYING"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.co
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "AUTHORS"
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.au
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/contrib/groffer/roff2.man b/contrib/groffer/roff2.man
index f2fb784..17d094b 100644
--- a/contrib/groffer/roff2.man
+++ b/contrib/groffer/roff2.man
@@ -2,46 +2,38 @@
.SH NAME
address@hidden@ \- transform roff code into @ROFF2MODE@ mode
.
-.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.ig
address@hidden@.1 - man page for address@hidden@ (section 1).
-
-Source file position: <groff_source_top>/contrib/groffer/roff2.man
-Installed position: $prefix/share/man/man1/address@hidden@.1
-..
+.\" address@hidden@.1 - man page for address@hidden@ (section 1).
.
+.\" Source file position: <groff_source_top>/contrib/groffer/roff2.man
+.\" Installed position: $prefix/share/man/man1/address@hidden@.1
.
-.de au
-This file was written by Bernd Warken <address@hidden>.
-..
-.
-.de co
-Copyright (C) 2006-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
.
-.P
-This file is part of
-.IR \%groffer ,
-which is part of
-.IR \%groff ,
-a free software project.
-.
-You can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the
-.nh
-.B "GNU General Public License"
-.hy
-as published by the
-.nh
-.BR "Free Software Foundation" ,
-.hy
-version\~2.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.\" Legalese
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
-.P
+.de co
+Copyright \[co] 2006-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of groffer, which is part of GNU groff, a free
+software project.
+
+You can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
+General Public License version 2 (GPL2) as published by the Free
+Software Foundation.
+
The license text is available in the internet at
.UR http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-2.0.html
.UE .
..
.
+.de au
+This file was written by
+.MT address@hidden
+Bernd Warken
+.ME .
+..
+.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.\" Characters
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -53,7 +45,8 @@ The license text is available in the internet at
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.\" SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
.SY address@hidden@
.OP \& "\%groffer_option \*(EL"
@@ -220,15 +213,13 @@ or
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.au
-.
-.
-.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH "COPYING"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.co
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "AUTHOR"
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.au
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/contrib/hdtbl/groff_hdtbl.man b/contrib/hdtbl/groff_hdtbl.man
index 9ff6697..74012ae 100644
--- a/contrib/hdtbl/groff_hdtbl.man
+++ b/contrib/hdtbl/groff_hdtbl.man
@@ -3,10 +3,12 @@
groff_hdtbl \- groff `hdtbl' macros for generation of tables
.
.
-.ig
-Copyright (C) 2005-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-Written by Joachim Walsdorff <address@hidden>
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.\" Legalese
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
+.de co
+Copyright \[co] 2005-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of groff, the groff.
@@ -20,6 +22,14 @@ A copy of the Free Documentation License is included as a
file called
FDL in the main directory of the groff source package.
..
.
+.de au
+This document was written by
+.MT address@hidden
+Joachim Walsdorff
+.ME .
+..
+.
+.
.ig
Some simple formatting macros. Note that we use `.ig' here and not a
comment to make `mandb' 2.4.1 (and probably more recent versions also)
@@ -161,9 +171,9 @@ FDL in the main directory of the groff source package.
. nop ).
..
.
-.
-.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH DESCRIPTION
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
The
.B hdtbl
@@ -181,7 +191,7 @@ An advantage of
.B hdtbl
is that the tables are constructed without calling a preprocessor; this
means that
-.BR groff 's
+.BR groff \[aq]s
full macro capabilities are available.
.
On the other hand, table processing with
@@ -195,7 +205,9 @@ A further advantage is that the HTML-like syntax of
will be easily converted to HTML; this is not implemented yet.
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH USAGE
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
In this and the next section, we present examples to help users
understand the basic workflow of
@@ -247,6 +259,7 @@ and
.CR .ETB
macros, respectively.
.
+.
.PP
In this man page, we approximate the result of each example in the
.I tty
@@ -254,6 +267,7 @@ format to be as generic as possible since
.B hdtbl
currently only supports the PS and PDF output devices.
.
+.
.PP
The simplest well-formed table consists of just single calls to the
four base table macros in the right order.
@@ -273,6 +287,7 @@ Here we construct a table with only one cell.
.hy
.RE
.
+.
.PP
A
.I tty
@@ -291,6 +306,7 @@ representation is
.hy
.fi
.
+.
.PP
Equivalent to the above is the following notation.
.
@@ -303,20 +319,23 @@ Equivalent to the above is the following notation.
.hy
.RE
.
+.
.PP
-By default, the formatted table is inserted into the surrounding text at the
-place of its definition.
+By default, the formatted table is inserted into the surrounding text
+at the place of its definition.
.
-If the vertical space isn't sufficient, it is placed at the top of the next
-page.
+If the vertical space isn\[aq]t sufficient, it is placed at the top of
+the next page.
.
Tables can also be stored for later insertion.
.
+.
.PP
Using
.CIR \[oq]row-number * column-number\[cq]
-as the data for the table cells, a table with two rows and two columns can
-be written as
+as the data for the table cells, a table with two rows and two columns
+can be written as
+.
.
.PP
.RS
@@ -330,11 +349,13 @@ be written as
.hy
.RE
.
+.
.PP
A
.I tty
representation is
.
+.
.PP
.nf
.nh
@@ -350,6 +371,7 @@ representation is
.hy
.fi
.
+.
.PP
Here we see a difference to HTML tables: The number of columns must be
explicitly specified using the
@@ -358,6 +380,7 @@ argument (or indirectly via the
.CR \[oq]width\[cq]
argument, see below).
.
+.
.PP
The contents of a table cell is arbitrary; for example, it can be another
table, without restriction to the nesting depth.
@@ -419,6 +442,7 @@ are similar but not identical (the use of
.CR .nop
is purely cosmetic to get proper indentation).
.
+.
.PP
The first table looks like
.
@@ -470,13 +494,16 @@ Here the latter table in a more compact form.
.hy
.RE
.
+.
.PP
If a macro has one or more arguments (see below), and it is not starting a
line, everything belonging to this macro including the macro itself must be
enclosed in double quotes.
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH MACROS AND ARGUMENTS
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
The order of macro calls and other tokens follows the HTML model.
.
@@ -516,10 +543,12 @@ Another possible form is
.CRI \[dq]key= "value1 \[lB]value2 \[lB]\[ell]\[rB]\[rB]" \[dq]
.RE
.
+.
.PP
However, this is limited to the case where the macro is the first one in the
line and not already enclosed in double quotes.
.
+.
.PP
Argument values specified below as\~\c
.CI c
@@ -543,8 +572,8 @@ are numerical values with the usual
.B groff
scaling indicators.
.
-Some of the arguments are specific to one or two macros, but most of them
-can be specified with
+Some of the arguments are specific to one or two macros, but most of
+them can be specified with
.CR .TBL\c
,
.CR .TR\c
@@ -556,9 +585,10 @@ can be specified with
.
These common arguments are explained in the next subsection.
.
+.
.PP
-Most of the argument default values can be changed by the user by setting
-corresponding default registers or strings, as listed below.
+Most of the argument default values can be changed by the user by
+setting corresponding default registers or strings, as listed below.
.
.\"------------------------------------------------------------------
.
@@ -926,7 +956,9 @@ argument of the
macro.
.
.
-.SS Arguments common to \f[CB].TBL\f[], \f[CB].TR\f[], \f[CB].TD\f[], and
\f[CB].TH\f[]
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SS "Arguments common to \f[CB].TBL\f[], \f[CB].TR\f[], \f[CB].TD\f[], and
\f[CB].TH\f[]"
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
The arguments described in this section can be specified with the
.CR .TBL
@@ -1126,16 +1158,15 @@ argument above.
.XDEFS vl=s t*vl
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH HDTBL CUSTOMIZATION
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
.PP
-Before creating the first table,
-you should configure default values
-to minimize the markup
-needed in each table.
-The following example
-sets up defaults
-suitable for typical papers:
+Before creating the first table, you should configure default values
+to minimize the markup needed in each table.
+.
+The following example sets up defaults suitable for typical papers:
.PP
.RS
.nf
@@ -1145,18 +1176,22 @@ suitable for typical papers:
.CR ".nr t*cpd 0.1n\e\[dq] cell padding
.fi
.RE
+.
+.
.PP
The file
.B examples/common.roff
provides another example setup
in the ``minimal Page setup'' section.
.
+.
.PP
A table which does not fit on a partially filled page is printed
automatically on the top of the next page if you append the little
utility macro
.CR t*hm
to the page header macro of your document's main macro package.
+.
For example, say
.
.PP
@@ -1168,11 +1203,13 @@ For example, say
.fi
.RE
.
+.
.PP
if you use the
.B ms
macro package.
.
+.
.PP
The macro
.CR t*EM
@@ -1180,8 +1217,10 @@ checks for held or kept tables,
and for missing
.CR ETB
macros (table not closed).
+.
You can append this macro
to the ``end'' macro of your document's main macro package.
+.
For example:
.
.PP
@@ -1201,14 +1240,9 @@ If you use the
macro package.
.
.
-.SH AUTHOR
-.
-.MT address@hidden
-Joachim Walsdorff
-.ME
-.
-.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH BUGS AND SUGGESTIONS
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
Please send your commments to the
.MT address@hidden
@@ -1216,6 +1250,17 @@ groff mailing list
.ME
or directly to the author.
.
+.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH COPYING
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.co
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH AUTHORS
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.au
+.
+.
.\" EOF
.
.
diff --git a/contrib/mm/groff_mm.man b/contrib/mm/groff_mm.man
index 597a6cd..a58ce5d 100644
--- a/contrib/mm/groff_mm.man
+++ b/contrib/mm/groff_mm.man
@@ -1,12 +1,11 @@
'\" t
.TH GROFF_MM @MAN7EXT@ "@MDATE@" "Groff Version @VERSION@"
-.
.SH NAME
groff_mm \- groff mm macros
.
.
-.ig
-Copyright (C) 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.de co
+Copyright \[co] 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -24,6 +23,12 @@ translations approved by the Free Software Foundation
instead of in
the original English.
..
.
+.de au
+.MT address@hidden
+J\[:o]rgen H\[:a]gg, Lund, Sweden
+.ME .
+..
+.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH SYNOPSIS
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -57,26 +62,29 @@ The macros OK and PM are not implemented.
.B \(bu
groff mm does not support cut marks.
.
+.
.LP
.B address@hidden@m
is intended to support easy localization.
+.
Use
.B address@hidden@mse
as an example how to adapt the output format to a national standard.
+.
Localized strings are collected in the file
-.RI address@hidden@/ xx .tmac',
+.RI address@hidden@/ xx .tmac\[cq],
where
.I xx
denotes the two-letter code for the
.IR language ,
as defined in the ISO 639 standard.
-For Swedish,
-this is `sv.tmac' \[en]
-not `se',
-which is the ISO 3166 two-letter code for the
+.
+For Swedish, this is \[oq]sv.tmac\[cq] \[en] not \[oq]se\[cq], which
+is the ISO 3166 two-letter code for the
.I country
(as used for the output format localization).
.
+.
.\"########################################################################
.LP
A file called
@@ -84,12 +92,13 @@ A file called
or
.IB country _locale
is read after the initialization of the global variables.
+.
It is therefore possible to localize the macros with a different company
name and so on.
.
+.
.LP
-In this manual,
-square brackets are used to show optional arguments.
+In this manual, square brackets are used to show optional arguments.
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -97,6 +106,7 @@ square brackets are used to show optional arguments.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
Many macros can be controlled by number registers and strings.
+.
A number register is assigned with the
.B nr
command:
@@ -106,6 +116,7 @@ command:
.BI .nr\ "XXX \fR[\fP\fB\[+-]\fP\fR]\fPn \fR[\fPi\fR]\fP\""
.RE
.
+.
.LP
.I XXX
is the name of the register,
@@ -113,15 +124,18 @@ is the name of the register,
\~is the value to be assigned, and
.I i\c
\~is the increment value for auto-increment.
+.
.I n\c
\~can have a plus or minus sign as a prefix if an increment
or decrement of the current value is wanted.
+.
(Auto-increment or auto-decrement occurs if the number register is
used with a plus or minus sign,
.BI \[rs]n+[ XXX ]
or
.BI \[rs]n\-[ XXX ]\fR.)\fP
.
+.
.LP
Strings are defined with
.BR ds .
@@ -130,13 +144,16 @@ Strings are defined with
.LP
\fB\&.ds\fP \fIYYY string\fP
.RE
-.
+..
+
.LP
The string is assigned everything to the end of the line,
even blanks.
+.
Initial blanks in
.I string
should be prefixed with a double-quote.
+.
(Strings are used in the text as
.BI \[rs]*[ YYY ]\fR.)\fP
.
@@ -147,6 +164,7 @@ should be prefixed with a double-quote.
.
A number register is printed with normal digits if no format has been
given.
+.
Set the format with
.BR af :
.
@@ -155,6 +173,7 @@ Set the format with
.BI .af\ "R c"
.RE
.
+.
.LP
.I R\c
\~is the name of the register,
@@ -196,18 +215,21 @@ the fonts (or rather, font styles)
and\~\c
.BR 3 ,
respectively.
+.
Internally, font positions are used for backwards compatibility.
-From a practical point of view it doesn't make a big difference \[en]
-a different font family can still be selected with a call to the
+.
+From a practical point of view it doesn\[aq]t make a big difference
+\[en] a different font family can still be selected with a call to the
.B .fam
request or using
-.BR groff 's
+.BR groff \[aq]s
.B \-f
command line option.
+.
On the other hand, if you want to replace just, say, font
.BR B ,
you have to replace the font at position\~2 (with a call to
-`.fp\~2\~.\|.\|.').
+\[oq].fp\~2\~.\|.\|.\[cq]).
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -221,23 +243,28 @@ Add heading text
to the table of contents with
.IR level ,
which is either\~0 or in the range 1 to\~7.
+.
See also
.BR .H .
+.
This macro is used for customized tables of contents.
.
.TP
.BR 1C\ [ 1 ]
Begin one-column processing.
+.
A\~\c
.B 1
as an argument disables the page break.
-Use wide footnotes,
-small footnotes may be overprinted.
+.
+Use wide footnotes, small footnotes may be overprinted.
.
.TP
.B 2C
Begin two-column processing.
+.
Splits the page in two columns.
+.
It is a special case of
.BR MC .
See also
@@ -245,13 +272,12 @@ See also
.
.TP
.B AE
-Abstract end,
-see
+Abstract end, see
.BR AS .
.
.TP
.BI AF\ \fR[\fP name-of-firm \fR]\fP
-Author's firm, should be called before
+Author\[aq]s firm, should be called before
.BR AU ,
see also
.BR COVER .
@@ -259,7 +285,9 @@ see also
.TP
.BI AL\ \fR[\fPtype\ \fR[\fPtext-indent\ \fR[\fP1\fR]]]\fP
Start auto-increment list.
+.
Items are numbered beginning with one.
+.
The
.I type
argument controls the format of numbers.
@@ -289,23 +317,30 @@ A third argument prohibits printing of a blank line
before each item.
.BI APP\ "name text"
Begin an appendix with name
.IR name .
+.
Automatic naming occurs if
.I name
is
.BR \[dq]\[dq] .
+.
The appendices start with\~\c
.B A
if automatic naming is used.
-A new page is ejected,
-and a header is also produced if the number variable
+.
+A new page is ejected, and a header is also produced if the number
+variable
.B Aph
is non-zero.
+.
This is the default.
-The appendix always appears in the `List of contents' with correct
-page numbers.
-The name `APPENDIX' can be changed by setting the string
+.
+The appendix always appears in the \[oq]List of contents\[cq] with
+correct page numbers.
+.
+The name \[oq]APPENDIX\[cq] can be changed by setting the string
.B App
to the desired text.
+.
The string
.B Apptxt
contains the current appendix text.
@@ -316,14 +351,16 @@ Same as
.BR .APP ,
but the page number is incremented with
.IR pages .
+.
This is used when diagrams or other non-formatted documents are
included as appendices.
.
.TP
.BI AS\ "\fR[\fParg \fR[\fPindent\fR]]\fP"
Abstract start.
-Indentation is specified in `ens',
-but scaling is allowed.
+.
+Indentation is specified in \[oq]ens\[cq], but scaling is allowed.
+.
Argument
.I arg
controls where the abstract is printed.
@@ -349,81 +386,97 @@ T}
.
.IP
An abstract is not printed at all in external letters (\fBMT 5\fP).
+.
The
.I indent
-parameter controls the indentation of both margins,
-otherwise normal text indentation is used.
+parameter controls the indentation of both margins, otherwise normal
+text indentation is used.
.
.TP
.BI AST\ \fR[\fPtitle\fR]\fP
Abstract title.
-Default is `ABSTRACT'.
+.
+Default is \[oq]ABSTRACT\[cq].
+.
Sets the text above the abstract text.
.
.TP
.BI AT\ "title1 \fR[\fPtitle2 \fR[.\|.\|.]]\fP"
-Author's title.
+Author\[aq]s title.
+.
.B AT
must appear just after each
.BR AU .
+.
The title shows up after the name in the signature block.
.
.TP
.BI AU\ "\fR[\fPname \fR[\fPinitials \fR[\fPloc \fR[\fPdept \fR[\fPext
\fR[\fProom \fR[\fParg \fR[\fParg \fR[\fParg\fR]]]]]]]]]\fP"
Author information.
-Specifies the author of the memo or paper,
-and is printed on the cover sheet and on other similar places.
+.
+Specifies the author of the memo or paper, and is printed on the cover
+sheet and on other similar places.
.B AU
must not appear before
.BR TL .
-The author information
-can contain initials, location, department, telephone extension,
-room number or name and up to three extra arguments.
+.
+The author information can contain initials, location, department,
+telephone extension, room number or name and up to three extra
+arguments.
.
.TP
.BI AV\ \fR[\fPname\ \fR[\fP1\fR]]\fP
Approval signature.
+.
Generates an approval line with place for signature and date.
-The string `APPROVED:' can be changed with variable
+.
+The string \[oq]APPROVED:\[cq] can be changed with variable
.BR Letapp ;
it is replaced with an empty lin if there is a second argument.
-The string `Date' can be changed with variable
+.
+The string \[oq]Date\[cq] can be changed with variable
.BR Letdate .
.
.TP
.BI AVL\ \fR[\fPname\fR]\fP
Letter signature.
+.
Generates a line with place for signature.
.
.TP
.BI B\ "\fR[\fPbold-text \fR[\fPprev-font-text \fR[\fPbold \fR[.\|.\|.]]]]\fP"
Begin boldface.
+.
No limit on the number of arguments.
-All arguments are concatenated to one word;
-the first, third and so on is printed in boldface.
+.
+All arguments are concatenated to one word; the first, third and so on
+is printed in boldface.
.
.TP
.B B1
Begin box (as the ms macro).
+.
Draws a box around the text.
-The text is indented one character,
-and the right margin is one character shorter.
+.
+The text is indented one character, and the right margin is one
+character shorter.
.
.TP
.B B2
End box.
+.
Finishes the box started with
.BR B1 .
.
.TP
.B BE
-End bottom block,
-see
+End bottom block, see
.BR BS .
.
.TP
.BI BI\ "\fR[\fPbold-text \fR[\fPitalic-text \fR[\fPbold-text
\fR[.\|.\|.]]]]\fP"
Bold-italic.
+.
No limit on the number of arguments,
see\~\c
.BR B .
@@ -431,12 +484,15 @@ see\~\c
.TP
.BI BL\ \fR[\fPtext-indent\ \fR[\fP1\fR]]\fP
Start bullet list.
+.
Initializes a list with a bullet and a space in the beginning of each
list item (see
.BR LI ).
+.
.I text-indent
overrides the default indentation of the list items set by number register
.BR Pi .
+.
A third argument prohibits printing of a blank line before each item.
.
.TP
@@ -447,41 +503,53 @@ No limit on the number of arguments.
.TP
.B BS
Bottom block start.
+.
Begins the definition of a text block which is printed at the bottom
of each page.
+.
The block ends with
.BR BE .
.
.TP
.BI BVL\ "text-indent \fR[\fPmark-indent\ " \fR[\fP1\fR]]\fP
Start of broken variable-item list.
+.
Broken variable-item list has no fixed mark,
it assumes that every
.B LI
has a mark instead.
+.
The text always begins at the next line after the mark.
+.
.I text-indent
sets the indentation to the text, and
.I mark-indent
the distance from the current indentation to the mark.
+.
A third argument prohibits printing of a blank line before each item.
.
.TP
.BI COVER\ \fR[\fParg\fR]\fP
Begin a coversheet definition.
+.
It is important that
.B .COVER
appears before any normal text.
+.
This macro uses
.I arg
to build the filename
address@hidden@/\fIarg\fP.cov'.
address@hidden@/\fIarg\fP.cov\[cq].
+.
Therefore it is possible to create unlimited types of cover sheets.
-`ms.cov' is supposed to look like the ms cover sheet.
+.
+\[oq]ms.cov\[cq] is supposed to look like the ms cover sheet.
+.
.B .COVER
requires a
.B .COVEND
at the end of the cover definition.
+.
Always use this order of the cover macros:
.
.RS
@@ -508,13 +576,14 @@ are required.
.TP
.B COVEND
Finish the cover description and print the cover page.
+.
It is defined in the cover file.
.
.TP
.B DE
Display end.
-Ends a block of text or display that begins
-with
+.
+Ends a block of text or display that begins with
.B DS
or
.BR DF .
@@ -522,6 +591,7 @@ or
.TP
.BI DF\ "\fR[\fPformat \fR[\fPfill \fR[\fPrindent\fR]]]\fP"
Begin floating display (no nesting allowed).
+.
A floating display is saved in a queue and is printed in the order entered.
.IR Format ,
.IR fill ,
@@ -595,23 +665,31 @@ T}
.TP
.BI DL\ \fR[\fPtext-indent\ "\fR[\fP\fB1\fP \fR[\fP\fB1\fP\fR]]]\fP"
Dash list start.
+.
Begins a list where each item is printed after a dash.
+.
.I text-indent
-changes the default indentation of the list items set by
-number register
+changes the default indentation of the list items set by number
+register
.BR Pi .
+.
A second argument prevents an empty line between each list item.
+.
See
.BR LI .
+.
A third argument prohibits printing of a blank line before each item.
.
.TP
.BI DS\ "\fR[\fPformat \fR[\fPfill \fR[\fPrindent\fR]]]\fP"
Static display start.
+.
Begins collection of text until
.BR DE .
-The text is printed together on the same page,
-unless it is longer than the height of the page.
+.
+The text is printed together on the same page, unless it is longer
+than the height of the page.
+.
.B DS
can be nested arbitrarily.
.
@@ -638,9 +716,9 @@ address@hidden the whole display as a block.
.RE
.
.IP
-The values `L', `I', `C', and `CB' can also be specified as
-`0', `1', `2', and `3', respectively,
-for compatibility reasons.
+The values \[oq]L\[cq], \[oq]I\[cq], \[oq]C\[cq], and \[oq]CB\[cq] can
+also be specified as \[oq]0\[cq], \[oq]1\[cq], \[oq]2\[cq], and
+\[oq]3\[cq], respectively, for compatibility reasons.
.
.IP
.B fill
@@ -658,20 +736,25 @@ address@hidden turned on.
.RE
.
.IP
-`N' and `F' can also be specified as `0' and `1', respectively.
+\[oq]N\[cq] and \[oq]F\[cq] can also be specified as \[oq]0\[cq] and
+\[oq]1\[cq], respectively.
.
.IP
By default, an empty line is printed before and after the display.
+.
Setting number register
.B Ds
to\~0 prevents this.
+.
.I rindent
shortens the line length by that amount.
.
.TP
.BI EC\ "\fR[\fPtitle \fR[\fPoverride \fR[\fPflag \fR[\fPrefname\fR]]]]\fP"
Equation title.
+.
Sets a title for an equation.
+.
The
.I override
argument changes the numbering.
@@ -708,33 +791,39 @@ T}
uses the number register
.B Ec
as a counter.
+.
It is possible to use
.B .af
to change the format of the number.
+.
If number register
.B Of
-is\~1,
-the format of title uses a dash instead of a dot after the number.
+is\~1, the format of title uses a dash instead of a dot after the
+number.
.
.IP
The string
.B Le
controls the title of the List of Equations;
-default is `LIST OF EQUATIONS'.
+default is \[oq]LIST OF EQUATIONS\[cq].
+.
The List of Equations is only printed if number register
.B Le
is\~1.
+.
The default is\~0.
+.
The string
.B Liec
-contains the word `Equation',
-which is printed before the number.
+contains the word \[oq]Equation\[cq], which is printed before the
+number.
+.
If
.I refname
is used,
then the equation number is saved with
.BR .SETR ,
-and can be retrieved with `\fB.GETST\fP \fIrefname\fP'.
+and can be retrieved with \[oq]\fB.GETST\fP \fIrefname\fP\[cq].
.
.IP
Special handling of the title occurs if
@@ -748,6 +837,7 @@ it is not affected by the format of
.BI EF\ \fR[\fParg\fR]\fP
Even-page footer,
printed just above the normal page footer on even pages.
+.
See
.BR PF .
.
@@ -759,6 +849,7 @@ This macro defines string
.BI EH\ \fR[\fParg\fR]\fP
Even-page header,
printed just below the normal page header on even pages.
+.
See
.BR PH .
.
@@ -774,9 +865,12 @@ Equation end, see
.TP
.B EOP
End-of-page user-defined macro.
+.
This macro is called instead of the normal printing of the footer.
+.
The macro is executed in a separate environment,
without any trap active.
+.
See
.BR TP .
.
@@ -798,34 +892,40 @@ Draw a box with the given
.I width
and
.IR height .
+.
It also prints the text
.I name
or a default string if
.I name
is not specified.
+.
This is used to include external pictures;
just give the size of the picture.
+.
.B \-L
left-adjusts the picture;
the default is to center.
+.
See
.BR PIC .
.
.TP
.BI EQ\ \fR[\fPlabel\fR]\fP
Equation start.
+.
.BR EQ / EN
are the delimiters for equations written for
.BR @address@hidden (@MAN1EXT@).
+.
.BR EQ / EN
must be inside of a
.BR DS / DE
-pair,
-except if
+pair, except if
.B EQ
is used to set options for
.B @address@hidden
only.
+.
The
.I label
argument appears at the right margin of the equation,
@@ -835,7 +935,9 @@ block,
unless number register
.B Eq
is\~1.
+.
Then the label appears at the left margin.
+.
.IP
If there are multiple
.BR EQ / EN
@@ -847,29 +949,35 @@ only the last equation label (if any) is printed.
.TP
.BI EX\ "\fR[\fPtitle \fR[\fPoverride \fR[\fPflag \fR[\fPrefname\fR]]]]\fP"
Exhibit title.
+.
The arguments are the same as for
.BR EC .
+.
.B EX
uses the number register
.B Ex
as a counter.
+.
The string
.B Lx
controls the title of the List of Exhibits;
-default is `LIST OF EXHIBITS'.
+default is \[oq]LIST OF EXHIBITS\[cq].
+.
The List of Exhibits is only printed if number register
.B Lx
is\~1,
which is the default.
+.
The string
.B Liex
-contains the word `Exhibit',
-which is printed before the number.
+contains the word \[oq]Exhibit\[cq], which is printed before the
+number.
+.
If
.I refname
is used, the exhibit number is saved with
.BR .SETR ,
-and can be retrieved with `\fB.GETST\fP \fIrefname\fP'.
+and can be retrieved with \[oq]\fB.GETST\fP \fIrefname\fP\[cq].
.
.IP
Special handling of the title occurs if
@@ -881,17 +989,22 @@ it is not affected by the format of
.
.TP
.BI FC\ \fR[\fPclosing\fR]\fP
-Print `Yours\~very\~truly,' as a formal closing of a letter or memorandum.
+Print \[oq]Yours\~very\~truly,\[cq] as a formal closing of a letter or
+memorandum.
+.
The argument replaces the default string.
+.
The default is stored in string variable
.BR Letfc .
.
.TP
.BI FD\ \fR[\fParg\ \fR[\fP1\fR]]\fP
Footnote default format.
+.
Controls the hyphenation (hyphen),
right margin justification (adjust),
and indentation of footnote text (indent).
+.
It can also change the label justification (ljust).
.
.RS
@@ -918,6 +1031,7 @@ address@hidden@address@hidden@ljust
.
.IP
An argument greater than or equal to 11 is considered as value\~0.
+.
Default for
.B address@hidden@m
is 10.
@@ -929,28 +1043,33 @@ Footnote end.
.TP
.BI FG\ "\fR[\fPtitle \fR[\fPoverride \fR[\fPflag \fR[\fPrefname\fR]]]]\fP"
Figure title.
+.
The arguments are the same as for
.BR EC .
.B FG
uses the number register
.B Fg
as a counter.
+.
The string
.B Lf
controls the title of the List of Figures;
-default is `LIST OF FIGURES'.
+default is \[oq]LIST OF FIGURES\[cq].
+.
The List of Figures is only printed if number register
.B Lf
is\~1, which is the default.
+.
The string
.B Lifg
-contains the word `Figure',
-which is printed before the number.
+contains the word \[oq]Figure\[cq], which is printed before the
+number.
+.
If
.I refname
is used, then the figure number is saved with
.BR .SETR ,
-and can be retrieved with `\fB.GETST\fP \fIrefname\fP'.
+and can be retrieved with \[oq]\fB.GETST\fP \fIrefname\fP\[cq].
.
.IP
Special handling of the title occurs if
@@ -963,18 +1082,24 @@ it is not affected by the format of
.TP
.BI FS\ \fR[\fPlabel\fR]\fP
Footnote start.
+.
The footnote is ended by
.BR FE .
+.
By default, footnotes are automatically numbered;
the number is available in string\~\c
.BR F .
+.
Just add
.B \[rs]*F
in the text.
+.
By adding
.IR label ,
it is possible to have other number or names on the footnotes.
+.
Footnotes in displays are now possible.
+.
An empty line separates footnotes;
the height of the line is controlled by number register
.BR Fs ,
@@ -982,11 +1107,14 @@ default value is\~1.
.
.TP
.BI GETHN\ "refname \fR[\fPvarname\fR]\fP"
-Include the header number where the corresponding `\fBSETR\fP \fIrefname\fP'
-was placed.
-This is displayed as `X.X.X.' in pass\~1.
+Include the header number where the corresponding \[oq]\fBSETR\fP
+\fIrefname\fP\[cq] was placed.
+.
+This is displayed as \[oq]X.X.X.\[cq] in pass\~1.
+.
See
.BR INITR .
+.
If
.I varname
is used,
@@ -997,11 +1125,14 @@ to the header number.
.
.TP
.BI GETPN\ "refname \fR[\fPvarname\fR]\fP"
-Include the page number where the corresponding `\fBSETR\fP \fIrefname\fP'
-was placed.
-This is displayed as `9999' in pass\~1.
+Include the page number where the corresponding \[oq]\fBSETR\fP
+\fIrefname\fP\[cq] was placed.
+.
+This is displayed as \[oq]9999\[cq] in pass\~1.
+.
See
.BR INITR .
+.
If
.I varname
is used,
@@ -1016,7 +1147,8 @@ Combine
.B GETHN
and
.B GETPN
-with the text `chapter' and `,\~page'.
+with the text \[oq]chapter\[cq] and \[oq],\~page\[cq].
+.
The string
.B Qrf
contains the text for the cross reference:
@@ -1029,6 +1161,7 @@ contains the text for the cross reference:
.IP
.B Qrf
may be changed to support other languages.
+.
Strings
.B Qrfh
and
@@ -1041,31 +1174,40 @@ and contain the page and header number, respectively.
.BI GETST\ "refname \fR[\fPvarname\fR]\fP"
Include the string saved with the second argument to
.BR .SETR .
+.
This is a dummy string in pass\~1.
+.
If
.I varname
is used,
.B GETST
sets it to the saved string.
+.
See
.BR INITR .
.
.TP
.BI H\ "level \fR[\fPheading-text \fR[\fPheading-suffix\fR]]\fP"
Numbered section heading.
+.
Section headers can have a level between 1 and 14;
level\~1 is the top level.
+.
The text is given in
.IR heading-text ,
and must be surrounded by double quotes if it contains spaces.
+.
.I heading-suffix
is added to the header in the text but not in the table of contents.
+.
This is normally used for footnote marks and similar things.
-Don't use
+.
+Don\[aq]t use
.B \[rs]*F
in
.IR heading-suffix ,
-it doesn't work.
+it doesn\[aq]t work.
+.
A manual label must be used, see
.BR FS .
.sp
@@ -1074,6 +1216,7 @@ A call to the paragraph macro\~\c
directly after\~\c
.B H
is ignored.
+.
.B H\c
\~takes care of spacing and indentation.
.
@@ -1085,14 +1228,19 @@ is ignored.
Number register
.B Ej
controls page ejection before the heading.
+.
By default, a level-one heading gets two blank lines before it;
higher levels only get one.
-A new page is ejected before each first-level heading if number register
+.
+A new page is ejected before each first-level heading if number
+register
.B Ej
is\~1.
+.
All levels below or equal the value of
.B Ej
get a new page.
+.
Default value for
.B Ej
is\~0.
@@ -1106,6 +1254,7 @@ is\~0.
A line break occurs after the heading if the heading level is less
or equal to number register
.BR Hb .
+.
Default value is\~2.
.RE
.
@@ -1114,14 +1263,15 @@ Default value is\~2.
.
.RS
.IP
-A blank line is inserted after the heading if the heading level is less
-or equal to number register
+A blank line is inserted after the heading if the heading level is
+less or equal to number register
.BR Hs .
+.
Default value is\~2.
.
.IP
-Text follows the heading on the same line if the level is greater
-than both
+Text follows the heading on the same line if the level is greater than
+both
.B Hb
and
.BR Hs .
@@ -1135,6 +1285,7 @@ and
Indentation of the text after the heading is controlled by number
register
.BR Hi .
+.
Default value is\~0.
.
.IP
@@ -1177,7 +1328,9 @@ are centered.
.IP
The font of each heading level is controlled by string
.BR HF .
+.
It contains a font number or font name for each level.
+.
Default value is
.
.RS
@@ -1187,6 +1340,7 @@ Default value is
.
.IP
(all headings in italic).
+.
This could also be written as
.
.RS
@@ -1198,6 +1352,7 @@ This could also be written as
Note that some other implementations use
.B 3\~3\~2\~2\~2\~2\~2
as the default value.
+.
All omitted values are presumed to have value\~1.
.RE
.
@@ -1212,7 +1367,9 @@ controls the point size of each heading,
in the same way as
.B HF
controls the font.
+.
A value of\~0 selects the default point size.
+.
Default value is
.
.RS
@@ -1222,6 +1379,7 @@ Default value is
.
.IP
Beware that only the point size changes, not the vertical size.
+.
The latter can be controlled by the user-specified macros
.B HX
and/or
@@ -1238,15 +1396,19 @@ Fourteen number registers named
up to
.B H14
contain the counter for each heading level.
+.
The values are printed using Arabic numerals;
this can be changed with the macro
.B HM
(see below).
+.
All marks are concatenated before printing.
+.
To avoid this,
set number register
.B Ht
to\~1.
+.
This only prints the current heading counter at each heading.
.RE
.
@@ -1258,6 +1420,7 @@ This only prints the current heading counter at each
heading.
All headings whose level is equal or below number register
.B Cl
are saved to be printed in the table of contents.
+.
Default value is\~2.
.RE
.
@@ -1268,18 +1431,21 @@ Default value is\~2.
.IP
The following macros can be defined by the user to get a finer control
of vertical spacing, fonts, or other features.
+.
Argument
.I level
is the level-argument to\~\c
.BR H ,
but\~0 for unnumbered headings (see
.BR HU ).
+.
Argument
.I rlevel
is the real level;
it is set to number register
.B Hu
for unnumbered headings.
+.
Argument
.I heading-text
is the text argument to
@@ -1291,8 +1457,10 @@ and
.TP
.BI HX\ "level rlevel heading-text"
This macro is called just before the printing of the heading.
+.
The following registers are available for
.BR HX .
+.
Note that
.B HX
may alter
@@ -1312,6 +1480,7 @@ otherwise empty.
.TP
.BR ;0\ (register)
Contains the position of the text after the heading.
+.
0\~means that the text should follow the heading on the same line,
1\~means that a line break should occur before the text,
and 2\~means that a blank line should separate the heading and the text.
@@ -1321,7 +1490,9 @@ and 2\~means that a blank line should separate the
heading and the text.
Contains two spaces if register
.B ;0
is\~0.
+.
It is used to separate the heading from the text.
+.
The string is empty if
.B ;0
is non-zero.
@@ -1329,7 +1500,9 @@ is non-zero.
.TP
.BR ;3\ (register)
Contains the needed space in units after the heading.
+.
Default is 2v.
+.
Can be used to change things like numbering
.RB ( }0 ),
vertical spacing
@@ -1350,6 +1523,7 @@ just before
or
.B HU
exits.
+.
Can be used to change the page header according to the section heading.
.RE
.RE
@@ -1357,17 +1531,21 @@ Can be used to change the page header according to the
section heading.
.TP
.BI HC\ \fR[\fPhyphenation-character\fR]\fP
Set hyphenation character.
-Default value is `\[rs]%'.
+.
+Default value is \[oq]\[rs]%\[cq].
+.
Resets to the default if called without argument.
-Hyphenation can be turned off by setting number
-register
+.
+Hyphenation can be turned off by setting number register
.B Hy
to\~0 at the beginning of the file.
.
.TP
.BI HM\ "\fR[\fParg1 \fR[\fParg2 \fR[.\|.\|.\& [\fParg14\fR]]]]\fP"
Heading mark style.
+.
Controls the type of marking for printing of the heading counters.
+.
Default is\~1 for all levels.
.
.IP
@@ -1388,59 +1566,75 @@ address@hidden roman numerals
.TP
.BI HU\ heading-text
Unnumbered section header.
+.
.B HU
behaves like
.B H
at the level in number register
.BR Hu .
+.
See\~\c
.BR H .
.
.TP
.BI HX\ "dlevel rlevel heading-text"
User-defined heading exit.
+.
Called just before printing the header.
+.
See\~\c
.BR H .
.
.TP
.BI HY\ "dlevel rlevel heading-text"
User-defined heading exit.
+.
Called just before printing the header.
+.
See\~\c
.BR H .
.
.TP
.BI HZ\ "dlevel rlevel heading-text"
User-defined heading exit.
+.
Called just after printing the header.
+.
See\~\c
.BR H .
.
.TP
.BI I\ "\fR[\fPitalic-text \fR[\fPprev-font-text \fR[\fPitalic-text
\fR[.\|.\|.]]]]\fP"
Italic.
+.
Changes the font to italic if called without arguments.
+.
With one argument it sets the word in italic.
+.
With two arguments it concatenates them and sets the first
word in italic and the second in the previous font.
+.
There is no limit on the number of argument;
all are concatenated.
.
.TP
.BI IA\ "\fR[\fPaddressee-name \fR[\fPtitle\fR]]\fP"
-Begin specification of the addressee and addressee's address in
+Begin specification of the addressee and addressee\[aq]s address in
letter style.
+.
Several names can be specified with empty
.BR IA / IE -pairs,
but only one address.
+.
See
.BR LT .
.
.TP
.BI IB\ "\fR[\fPitalic-text \fR[\fPbold-text \fR[\fPitalic-text
\fR[.\|.\|.]]]]\fP"
Italic-bold.
+.
Even arguments are printed in italic, odd in boldface.
+.
See\~\c
.BR I .
.
@@ -1451,19 +1645,21 @@ End the address specification after
.
.TP
.BI INITI\ "type filename \fR[\fPmacro\fR]\fP"
-Initialize the new index system and set the filename to collect
-index lines in with
+Initialize the new index system and set the filename to collect index
+lines in with
.BR IND .
+.
Argument
.I type
-selects the type of index:
-page number, header marks or both.
+selects the type of index: page number, header marks or both.
+.
The default is page numbers.
.
.IP
It is also possible to create a macro that is responsible
for formatting each row;
just add the name of the macro as a third argument.
+.
The macro is then called with the index as argument(s).
.
.IP
@@ -1484,17 +1680,22 @@ T}
.TP
.BI INITR\ filename
Initialize the cross reference macros.
-Cross references are written to stderr and are supposed to
-be redirected into file `\fIfilename\fR.qrf'.
+.
+Cross references are written to stderr and are supposed to be
+redirected into file \[oq]\fIfilename\fR.qrf\[cq].
+.
Requires two passes with groff;
this is handled by a separate program called
.BR mmroff (@MAN1EXT@).
+.
This program exists because
.BR groff (@MAN1EXT@)
by default deactivates the unsafe operations that are required by
.BR INITR .
+.
The first pass looks for cross references,
and the second one includes them.
+.
.B INITR
can be used several times,
but it is only the first occurrence of
@@ -1530,19 +1731,22 @@ arg1\[rs]tpage number\[rs]theader mark
.
.TP
.B INDP
-Print the index by running the command specified
-by string variable
+Print the index by running the command specified by string variable
.BR Indcmd ,
-which has `sort\ \-t\[rs]t' as the default value.
+which has \[oq]sort\ \-t\[rs]t\[cq] as the default value.
+.
.B INDP
reads the output from the command to form the index,
by default in two columns (this can be changed by defining
.BR TYIND ).
+.
The index is printed with string variable
.B Index
as header,
-default is `INDEX'.
+default is \[oq]INDEX\[cq].
+.
One-column processing is reactivated after the list.
+.
.B INDP
calls the user-defined macros
.BR TXIND ,
@@ -1550,36 +1754,43 @@ calls the user-defined macros
and
.B TZIND
if defined.
+.
.B TXIND
-is called before printing the string `INDEX',
+is called before printing the string \[oq]INDEX\[cq],
.B TYIND
-is called instead of printing `INDEX', and
+is called instead of printing \[oq]INDEX\[cq], and
.B TZIND
-is called after the printing and should take care of restoring to normal
-operation again.
+is called after the printing and should take care of restoring to
+normal operation again.
.
.TP
.B ISODATE \fR[\fP0\fR]\fP
Change the predefined date string in
.B DT
-to ISO-format, this is, `YYYY-MM-DD'.
+to ISO-format, this is, \[oq]YYYY-MM-DD\[cq].
+.
This can also be done by adding
.B \-rIso=1
on the command line.
+.
Reverts to old date format if argument is\~\c
.BR 0 .
.
.TP
.BI IR\ "\fR[\fPitalic-text \fR[\fProman-text \fR[\fPitalic-text
\fR[.\|.\|.]]]]\fP"
Italic-roman.
+.
Even arguments are printed in italic, odd in roman.
+.
See\~\c
.BR I .
.
.TP
.BI LB\ "text-indent mark-indent pad type \fR[\fPmark \fR[\fPLI-space
\fR[\fPLB-space\fR]]]\fP"
List-begin macro.
+.
This is the common macro used for all lists.
+.
.I text-indent
is the number of spaces to indent the text from the current indentation.
.
@@ -1588,20 +1799,23 @@ is the number of spaces to indent the text from the
current indentation.
and
.I mark-indent
control where to put the mark.
-The mark is placed within the mark area,
-and
+.
+The mark is placed within the mark area, and
.I mark-indent
sets the number of spaces before this area.
+.
By default it is\~0.
+.
The mark area ends where the text begins.
-The start of the text
-is still controlled by
+.
+The start of the text is still controlled by
.IR text-indent .
.
.IP
The mark is left-justified within the mark area if
.I pad
is\~0.
+.
If
.I pad
is greater than\~0,
@@ -1610,6 +1824,7 @@ is ignored,
and the mark is placed
.I pad
spaces before the text.
+.
This right-justifies the mark.
.
.IP
@@ -1630,8 +1845,10 @@ is greater than\~0 automatic numbering occurs,
using arabic numbers if
.I mark
is empty.
+.
.I mark
-can then be any of `1', `A', `a', `I', or `i'.
+can then be any of \[oq]1\[cq], \[oq]A\[cq], \[oq]a\[cq], \[oq]I\[cq],
+or \[oq]i\[cq].
.
.IP
.I type
@@ -1659,6 +1876,7 @@ l l.
Every item in the list gets
.I LI-space
number of blank lines before them.
+.
Default is\~1.
.
.IP
@@ -1666,14 +1884,17 @@ Default is\~1.
itself prints
.I LB-space
blank lines.
+.
Default is\~0.
.
.TP
.BI LC\ \fR[\fPlist-level\fR]\fP
List-status clear.
+.
Terminates all current active lists down to
.IR list-level ,
or\~0 if no argument is given.
+.
This is used by\~\c
.B H
to clear any active list.
@@ -1681,6 +1902,7 @@ to clear any active list.
.TP
.B LE \fR[\fP1\fR]\fP
List end.
+.
Terminates the current list.
.B LE
outputs a blank line if an argument is given.
@@ -1688,33 +1910,43 @@ outputs a blank line if an argument is given.
.TP
.BI LI\ \fR[\fPmark\ \fR[\fP1\fR|\fP2\fR]]\fP
List item preceding every item in a list.
+.
Without argument,
.B LI
prints the mark determined by the current list type.
+.
By giving
.B LI
one argument, it uses that as the mark instead.
+.
Two arguments to
.B LI
makes
.I mark
a prefix to the current mark.
-There is no separating space between the prefix
-and the mark if the second argument is `2' instead of `1'.
+.
+There is no separating space between the prefix and the mark if the
+second argument is \[oq]2\[cq] instead of \[oq]1\[cq].
+.
This behaviour can also be achieved by setting number register
.B Limsp
to zero.
+.
A zero length
.I mark
makes a hanging indentation instead.
.
.IP
A blank line is printed before the list item by default.
+.
This behaviour can be controlled by number register
.BR Ls .
+.
Pre-spacing occurs for each list level less than or equal to
.BR Ls .
+.
Default value is 99.
+.
There is no nesting limit.
.
.IP
@@ -1725,7 +1957,10 @@ Default is\~6.
.IP
All lists begin with a list initialization macro,
.BR LB .
-There are, however, seven predefined list types to make lists easier to use.
+.
+There are, however, seven predefined list types to make lists easier
+to use.
+.
They all call
.B LB
with different default values.
@@ -1747,6 +1982,7 @@ l l.
.
.IP
These lists are described at other places in this manual.
+.
See also
.BR LB .
.
@@ -1754,6 +1990,7 @@ See also
.BI LT\ \fR[\fIarg\/\fR]\fI
Format a letter in one of four different styles depending
on the argument.
+.
See also section
.BR INTERNALS .
.
@@ -1766,8 +2003,9 @@ l lx.
address@hidden
address@hidden
Blocked.
-Date line, return address, writer's address and closing
+Date line, return address, writer\[aq]s address and closing
begins at the center of the line.
+.
All other lines begin at the left margin.
T}
address@hidden
@@ -1782,7 +2020,7 @@ T}
address@hidden
Simplified.
Almost the same as the full-blocked style.
-Subject and the writer's identification are printed in all-capital.
+Subject and the writer\[aq]s identification are printed in all-capital.
T}
.TE
.RE
@@ -1791,6 +2029,7 @@ T}
.BI LO\ "type \fR[\fParg\fR]\fP"
Specify options in letter (see
.BR .LT ).
+.
This is a list of the standard options:
.
.RS
@@ -1800,35 +2039,37 @@ tab(@);
l lx.
address@hidden
Confidential notation.
-Prints `CONFIDENTIAL' on the second line below the date line.
-Any argument replaces `CONFIDENTIAL'.
+Prints \[oq]CONFIDENTIAL\[cq] on the second line below the date line.
+.
+Any argument replaces \[oq]CONFIDENTIAL\[cq].
+.
See also string variable
.BR LetCN .
T}
address@hidden
Reference notation.
-Prints `In reference to:' and the argument two lines below the date line.
+Prints \[oq]In reference to:\[cq] and the argument two lines below the date
line.
See also string variable
.BR LetRN .
T}
address@hidden
Attention.
-Prints `ATTENTION:' and the argument below the inside address.
+Prints \[oq]ATTENTION:\[cq] and the argument below the inside address.
See also string variable
.BR LetAT .
T}
address@hidden
Salutation.
-Prints `To Whom It May Concern:' or the argument if it was present.
+Prints \[cq]To Whom It May Concern:\[cq] or the argument if it was present.
The salutation is printed two lines below the inside address.
See also string variable
.BR LetSA .
T}
address@hidden
Subject line.
-Prints the argument as subject prefixed with `SUBJECT:'
+Prints the argument as subject prefixed with \[oq]SUBJECT:\[cq]
two lines below the inside address,
-except in letter type `SP',
+except in letter type \[oq]SP\[cq],
where the subject is printed in all-capital without any prefix.
See also string variable
.BR LetSJ .
@@ -1839,39 +2080,50 @@ T}
.TP
.BI MC\ "column-size \fR[\fPcolumn-separation\fR]\fP"
Begin multiple columns.
+.
Return to normal with
.BR 1C .
+.
.B MC
creates as many columns as the current line length permits.
+.
.I column-size
is the width of each column,
and
.I column-separation
is the space between two columns.
+.
Default separation is
.IR column-size /15.
+.
See also
.BR 1C .
.
.TP
.BI ML\ "mark \fR[\fPtext-indent\ " \fR[\fP1\fR]]\fP
Marked list start.
+.
The
.I mark
argument is printed before each list item.
+.
.I text-indent
sets the indent and overrides
.BR Li .
+.
A third argument prohibits printing of a blank line before each item.
.
.TP
.BI MT\ "\fR[\fParg \fR[\fPaddressee\fR]]\fP"
Memorandum type.
+.
The argument
.I arg
-is part of a filename in address@hidden@/*.MT'.
-Memorandum types 0 to\~5 are supported,
-including type `string' (which gets internally mapped to type\~6).
+is part of a filename in address@hidden@/*.MT\[cq].
+.
+Memorandum types 0 to\~5 are supported, including type
+\[oq]string\[cq] (which gets internally mapped to type\~6).
+.
.I addressee
just sets a variable, used in the AT&T macros.
.
@@ -1884,9 +2136,9 @@ just sets a variable, used in the AT&T macros.
tab(@);
l l.
address@hidden memorandum, no type printed.
address@hidden with `MEMORANDUM FOR FILE' printed.
address@hidden with `PROGRAMMER'S NOTES' printed.
address@hidden with `ENGINEER'S NOTES' printed.
address@hidden with \[oq]MEMORANDUM FOR FILE\[cq] printed.
address@hidden with \[oq]PROGRAMMER\[aq]S NOTES\[cq] printed.
address@hidden with \[oq]ENGINEER\[aq]S NOTES\[cq] printed.
address@hidden paper style.
address@hidden letter style.
.TE
@@ -1901,9 +2153,12 @@ a more flexible type of front page.
.BI MOVE\ "y-pos \fR[\fPx-pos \fR[\fPline-length\fR]]\fP"
Move to a position, setting page offset to
.IR x-pos .
+.
If
.I line-length
-is not given, the difference between current and new page offset is used.
+is not given, the difference between current and new page offset is
+used.
+.
Use
.B PGFORM
without arguments to return to normal.
@@ -1911,24 +2166,29 @@ without arguments to return to normal.
.TP
.BI MULB\ "cw1 space1 \fR[\fPcw2 space2 \fR[\fPcw3 \fR.\|.\|.]]\fP"
Begin a special multi-column mode.
+.
All columns widths must be specified.
+.
The space between the columns must be specified also.
+.
The last column does not need any space definition.
+.
.B MULB
-starts a diversion,
-and
+starts a diversion, and
.B MULE
ends the diversion and prints the columns.
-The unit for the width and space arguments is `n',
-but
+.
+The unit for the width and space arguments is \[oq]n\[cq], but
.B MULB
-accepts all normal unit specifications like `c' and `i'.
+accepts all normal unit specifications like \[oq]c\[cq] and \[oq]i\[cq].
+.
.B MULB
operates in a separate environment.
.
.TP
.B MULN
Begin the next column.
+.
This is the only way to switch the column.
.
.TP
@@ -1938,13 +2198,15 @@ End the multi-column mode and print the columns.
.TP
.BI nP\ \fR[\fPtype\fR]\fP
Print numbered paragraph with header level two.
+.
See
.BR .P .
.
.TP
.B NCOL
Force printing to the next column.
-Don't use this together with the
+.
+Don\[aq]t use this together with the
.B MUL*
macros, see
.BR 2C .
@@ -1952,11 +2214,15 @@ macros, see
.TP
.BI NS\ \fR[\fParg\ \fR[\fP1\fR]]\fP
Print different types of notations.
+.
The argument selects between the predefined type of notations.
+.
If the second argument is available,
then the argument becomes the entire notation.
-If the argument doesn't select a predefined type,
-it is printed as `Copy (\fIarg\/\fP) to'.
+.
+If the argument doesn\[aq]t select a predefined type,
+it is printed as \[oq]Copy (\fIarg\/\fP) to\[cq].
+.
It is possible to add more standard notations,
see the string variables
.B Letns
@@ -1991,7 +2257,9 @@ l l.
.TP
.BI ND\ new-date
New date.
+.
Overrides the current date.
+.
Date is not printed if
.I new-date
is an empty string.
@@ -1999,6 +2267,7 @@ is an empty string.
.TP
.BI OF\ \fR[\fParg\fR]\fP
Odd-page footer, a line printed just above the normal footer.
+.
See
.B EF
and
@@ -2011,6 +2280,7 @@ This macro defines string
.TP
.BI OH\ \fR[\fParg\fR]\fP
Odd-page header, a line printed just below the normal header.
+.
See
.B EH
and
@@ -2022,19 +2292,23 @@ This macro defines string
.
.TP
.B OP
-Make sure that the following text is printed at the top
-of an odd-numbered page.
+Make sure that the following text is printed at the top of an
+odd-numbered page.
+.
Does not output an empty page if currently at the top of an odd page.
.
.TP
.BI P\ \fR[\fPtype\fR]\fP
Begin new paragraph.
+.
.B P\c
-\~without argument produces left-justified text,
+\~without argument produces left\-justified text,
even the first line of the paragraph.
+.
This is the same as setting
.I type
to\~0.
+.
If the argument is\~1,
the first line of text following\~\c
.B P
@@ -2047,11 +2321,12 @@ Instead of giving an argument to\~\c
.B P
it is possible to set the paragraph type in number register
.BR Pt .
+.
Using 0 and\~1 is the same as adding that value to
.BR P .
-A value of\~2 indents all paragraphs,
-except after headings, lists, and displays
-(this value can't be used as an argument to
+.
+A value of\~2 indents all paragraphs, except after headings, lists,
+and displays (this value can\[aq]t be used as an argument to
.B P
itself).
.
@@ -2063,35 +2338,46 @@ and is\~1 by default (one blank line).
.TP
.BI PGFORM\ "\fR[\fPlinelength \fR[\fPpagelength \fR[\fPpageoffset\ "
\fR[\fP1\fR]]]]\fP
Set line length, page length, and/or page offset.
+.
This macro can be used for special formatting,
like letter heads and other.
+.
It is normally the first command in a file,
though it is not necessary.
+.
.B PGFORM
can be used without arguments to reset everything after a
.B MOVE
call.
+.
A line break is done unless the fourth argument is given.
+.
This can be used to avoid the page number on the first page
while setting new width and length.
-(It seems as if this macro sometimes doesn't work too well.
+.
+(It seems as if this macro sometimes doesn\[aq]t work too well.
+.
Use the command line arguments to change
line length, page length, and page offset instead.)
.
.TP
.B PGNH
No header is printed on the next page.
+.
Used to get rid of the header in letters or other special texts.
+.
This macro must be used before any text to inhibit the page header
on the first page.
.
.TP
.BI "PIC \fR[\fP\-B\fR] [\fP\-L\fR] [\fP\-C\fR] [\fP\-R\fR] [\fP\-I\ "
"n\fR]\fP filename \fR[\fPwidth \fR[\fPheight\fR]]\fP"
Include a PostScript file in the document.
+.
The macro depends on
.BR mmroff (@MAN1EXT@)
and
.BR INITR .
+.
The arguments
.BR \-L ,
.BR \-C ,
@@ -2099,10 +2385,13 @@ The arguments
and
.BI \-I\ n
adjust the picture or indent it.
+.
With no flag the picture is adjusted to the left.
+.
Adding
.B \-B
draws a box around the picture.
+.
The optional
.I width
and
@@ -2112,6 +2401,7 @@ can also be given to resize the picture.
.TP
.B PE
Picture end.
+.
Ends a picture for
.BR @address@hidden (@MAN1EXT).
.
@@ -2120,7 +2410,9 @@ Ends a picture for
Page footer.
.B PF
sets the line to be printed at the bottom of each page.
+.
Empty by default.
+.
See
.B PH
for the argument specification.
@@ -2131,8 +2423,8 @@ This macro defines string
.
.TP
.BI PH\ \fR[\fParg\fR]\fP
-Page header,
-a line printed at the top of each page.
+Page header, a line printed at the top of each page.
+.
The argument should be specified as
.
.RS
@@ -2143,13 +2435,15 @@ The argument should be specified as
.IP
where
.IR left-part ,
-.IR center-part,
+.IR center-part ,
and
.I right-part
are printed left-justified, centered, and right justified, respectively.
+.
Within the argument to
.BR PH ,
-the character `%' is changed to the current page number.
+the character \[oq]%\[cq] is changed to the current page number.
+.
The default argument is
.
.RS
@@ -2167,12 +2461,14 @@ This macro defines string
.TP
.B PS
Picture start (from pic).
+.
Begins a picture for
.BR @address@hidden (@MAN1EXT@).
.
.TP
.B PX
Page header user-defined exit.
+.
This macro is called just after the printing of the page header in
.I no-space
mode.
@@ -2180,27 +2476,33 @@ mode.
.TP
.B R
Roman.
+.
Return to roman font, see also\~\c
.BR I .
.
.TP
.BI RB\ "\fR[\fProman-text \fR[\fPbold-text \fR[\fProman-text
\fR[.\|.\|.]]]]\fP"
Roman-bold.
-Even arguments are printed in roman,
-odd in boldface.
+.
+Even arguments are printed in roman, odd in boldface.
+.
See\~\c
.BR I .
.
.TP
.BI RD\ "\fR[\fPprompt \fR[\fPdiversion \fR[\fPstring\fR]]]\fP"
Read from standard input to diversion and/or string.
+.
The text is saved in a diversion named
.IR diversion .
+.
Recall the text by writing the name of the diversion after a dot
on an empty line.
+.
A string is also defined if
.I string
is given.
+.
.I Diversion
and/or
.I prompt
@@ -2209,32 +2511,40 @@ can be empty (\[dq]\[dq]).
.TP
.B RF
Reference end.
+.
Ends a reference definition and returns to normal processing.
+.
See
.BR RS .
.
.TP
.BI RI\ "\fR[\fProman-text \fR[\fPitalic-text \fR[\fProman-text
\fR[.\|.\|.]]]]\fP"
Print even arguments in roman, odd in italic.
+.
See\~\c
.BR I .
.
.TP
.BI RL\ \fR[\fPtext-indent \fR[\fP1\fR]]\fP
Reference list start.
+.
Begins a list where each item is preceded with an automatically
incremented number between square brackets.
+.
.I text-indent
changes the default indentation.
.
.TP
.BI RP\ "\fR[\fParg1 \fR[\fParg2\fR]]\fP"
Produce reference page.
+.
This macro can be used if a reference page is wanted somewhere in the
document.
+.
It is not needed if
.B TC
is used to produce a table of contents.
+.
The reference page is then printed automatically.
.
.IP
@@ -2265,6 +2575,7 @@ l lx.
.
.IP
The reference items are separated by a blank line.
+.
Setting number register
.B Ls
to\~0 suppresses the line.
@@ -2272,7 +2583,9 @@ to\~0 suppresses the line.
.IP
The string
.B Rp
-contains the reference page title and is set to `REFERENCES' by default.
+contains the reference page title and is set to \[oq]REFERENCES\[cq]
+by default.
+.
The number register
.B Rpe
holds the default value for the second argument of
@@ -2282,17 +2595,21 @@ it is initially set to\~0.
.TP
.BI RS\ \fR[\fPstring-name\fR]\fP
Begin an automatically numbered reference definition.
+.
Put the string
.B \[rs]*(Rf
where the reference mark should be and write the reference between
.BR RS / RF
at next new line after the reference mark.
+.
The reference number is stored in number register
.BR :R .
+.
If
.I string-name
-is given,
-a string with that name is defined and contains the current reference mark.
+is given, a string with that name is defined and contains the current
+reference mark.
+.
The string can be referenced as
.BI \[rs]*[ string-name ]
later in the text.
@@ -2300,58 +2617,72 @@ later in the text.
.TP
.BI S\ "\fR[\fPsize \fR[\fPspacing\fR]]\fP"
Set point size and vertical spacing.
-If any argument is equal to `P',
-the previous value is used.
-A `C' means current value,
-and `D' the default value.
-If `+' or `\-' is used before the value,
+.
+If any argument is equal to \[oq]P\[cq], the previous value is used.
+.
+A \[oq]C\[cq] means current value, and \[oq]D\[cq] the default value.
+.
+If \[oq]+\[cq] or \[oq]\-\[cq] is used before the value,
the current value is incremented or decremented, respectively.
.
.TP
.BI SA\ \fR[\fParg\fR]\fP
Set right-margin justification.
+.
Justification is turned on by default.
-No argument or value `0' turns off justification,
-and `1' turns on justification.
+.
+No argument or value \[oq]0\[cq] turns off justification,
+and \[oq]1\[cq] turns on justification.
.
.TP
.BI SETR\ "refname \fR[\fPstring\fR]\fP"
Remember the current header and page number as
.IR refname .
+.
Saves
.I string
if
.I string
is defined.
+.
.I string
is retrieved with
.BR .GETST .
+.
See
.BR INITR .
.
.TP
.BI SG\ \fR[\fParg\ \fR[\fP1\fR]]\fP
Signature line.
+.
Prints the authors name(s) after the formal closing.
-The argument is appended to the reference data,
-printed at either the first or last author.
-The reference data is the location,
-department, and initials specified with
+.
+The argument is appended to the reference data, printed at either the
+first or last author.
+.
+The reference data is the location, department, and initials specified
+with
.BR .AU .
+.
It is printed at the first author if the second argument is given,
otherwise at the last.
+.
No reference data is printed if the author(s) is specified through
.BR .WA / .WE .
+.
See section
.BR INTERNALS .
.
.TP
.BI SK\ \fR[\fPpages\fR]\fP
Skip pages.
+.
If
.I pages
-is\~0 or omitted,
-a skip to the next page occurs unless it is already at the top of a page.
+is\~0 or omitted, a skip to the next page occurs unless it is already
+at the top of a page.
+.
Otherwise it skips
.I pages
pages.
@@ -2359,6 +2690,7 @@ pages.
.TP
.BI SM\ "string1 \fR[\fPstring2 \fR[\fPstring3\fR]]\fP"
Make a string smaller.
+.
If
.I string2
is given,
@@ -2368,23 +2700,25 @@ is made smaller and
stays at normal size,
concatenated with
.IR string1 .
-With three arguments,
-everything is concatenated,
-but only
+.
+With three arguments, everything is concatenated, but only
.I string2
is made smaller.
.
.TP
.BI SP\ \fR[\fPlines\fR]\fP
Space vertically.
+.
.I lines
-can have any scaling factor,
-like `3i' or `8v'.
+can have any scaling factor, like \[oq]3i\[cq] or \[oq]8v\[cq].
+.
Several
.B SP
calls in a line only produces the maximum number of lines, not the sum.
+.
.B SP
is ignored also until the first text line in a page.
+.
Add
.B \[rs]&
before a call to
@@ -2394,28 +2728,33 @@ to avoid this.
.TP
.B TAB
Reset tabs to every\ 5n.
+.
Normally used to reset any previous tab positions.
.
.TP
.BI TB\ "\fR[\fPtitle \fR[\fPoverride \fR[\fPflag \fR[\fPrefname\fR]]]]\fP"
Table title.
+.
The arguments are the same as for
.BR EC .
+.
.B TB
uses the number register
.B Tb
as a counter.
+.
The string
.B Lt
controls the title of the List of Tables;
-default value is `LIST OF TABLES'.
+default value is \[oq]LIST OF TABLES\[cq].
+.
The List of Tables is only printed if number register
.B Lt
is\~1, which is the default.
+.
The string
.B Litb
-contains the word `TABLE',
-which is printed before the number.
+contains the word \[oq]TABLE\[cq], which is printed before the number.
.
.IP
Special handling of the title occurs if
@@ -2428,35 +2767,40 @@ it is not affected by the format of
.TP
.BI TC\ "\fR[\fPslevel \fR[\fPspacing \fR[\fPtlevel \fR[\fPtab \fR[\fPh1
\fR[\fPh2 \fR[\fPh3 \fR[\fPh4 \fR[\fPh5\fR]]]]]]]]]\fP"
Table of contents.
+.
This macro is normally used as the last line of the document.
+.
It generates a table of contents with headings up to the level
controlled by number register
.BR Cl .
+.
Note that
.B Cl
-controls the saving of headings,
-it has nothing to do with
+controls the saving of headings, it has nothing to do with
.BR TC .
+.
Headings with a level less than or equal to
.I slevel
get
.I spacing
number of lines before them.
+.
Headings with a level less than or equal to
.I tlevel
-have their page numbers right-justified with dots or spaces separating
+have their page numbers right\-justified with dots or spaces separating
the text and the page number.
+.
Spaces are used if
.I tab
-is greater than zero,
-dots otherwise.
-Other headings have the page number directly at the end
-of the heading text
+is greater than zero, dots otherwise.
+.
+Other headings have the page number directly at the end of the heading
+text
.RI ( ragged-right ).
.
.IP
-The rest of the arguments is printed, centered, before the
-table of contents.
+The rest of the arguments is printed, centered, before the table of
+contents.
.
.IP
The user-defined macros
@@ -2466,11 +2810,12 @@ and
are used if
.B TC
is called with at most four arguments.
+.
.B TX
-is called before the printing of the string `CONTENTS',
+is called before the printing of the string \[oq]CONTENTS\[cq],
and
.B TY
-is called instead of printing `CONTENTS'.
+is called instead of printing \[oq]CONTENTS\[cq].
.
.IP
Equivalent macros can be defined for list of figures, tables, equations
@@ -2480,12 +2825,14 @@ or
.BI TY xx\fR,\fP
where
.I xx
-is `Fg', `TB', `EC', or `EX', respectively.
+is \[oq]Fg\[cq], \[oq]TB\[cq], \[oq]EC\[cq], or \[oq]EX\[cq],
+respectively.
.
.IP
String
.B Ci
can be set to control the indentations for each heading-level.
+.
It must be scaled, like
.
.RS
@@ -2494,9 +2841,8 @@ It must be scaled, like
.RE
.
.IP
-By default,
-the indentation is controlled by the maximum length of headings in each
-level.
+By default, the indentation is controlled by the maximum length of
+headings in each level.
.
.IP
The string variables
@@ -2506,32 +2852,40 @@ The string variables
.BR Liec ,
and
.B Licon
-contain `Figure', `TABLE', `Exhibit', `Equation',
-and `CONTENTS', respectively.
+contain \[oq]Figure\[cq], \[oq]TABLE\[cq], \[oq]Exhibit\[cq],
+\[oq]Equation\[cq], and \[oq]CONTENTS\[cq], respectively.
+.
These can be redefined to other languages.
.
.TP
.B TE
Table end.
+.
See
.BR TS .
.
.TP
.B TH \fR[\fPN\fR]\fP
Table header.
+.
See
.BR TS .
+.
.B TH
ends the header of the table.
+.
This header is printed again if a page break occurs.
-Argument `N' isn't implemented yet.
+.
+Argument \[oq]N\[cq] isn\[aq]t implemented yet.
.
.TP
.BI TL\ "\fR[\fPcharging-case-number \fR[\fPfiling-case-number\fR]]\fP"
Begin title of memorandum.
+.
All text up to the next
.B AU
is included in the title.
+.
.I charging-case-number
and
.I filing-case-number
@@ -2541,15 +2895,21 @@ are saved for use in the front page processing.
.BI TM\ "\fR[\fPnum1 \fR[\fPnum2 \fR[.\|.\|.]]]\fP"
Technical memorandum numbers used in
.BR .MT .
+.
An unlimited number of arguments may be given.
.
.TP
.B TP
Top-of-page user-defined macro.
+.
This macro is called instead of the normal page header.
+.
It is possible to get complete control over the header.
+.
Note that the header and the footer are printed in a separate environment.
+.
Line length is preserved, though.
+.
See
.BR EOP .
.
@@ -2568,43 +2928,57 @@ address@hidden of \fBOH\fP
.TP
.B TS \fR[\fPH\fR]\fP
Table start.
+.
This is the start of a table specification to
.BR @address@hidden (@MAN1EXT@).
+.
.B TS
ends with
.BR TE .
-Argument `H' tells
+.
+Argument \[oq]H\[cq] tells
.B address@hidden@m
that the table has a header.
+.
See
.BR TH .
.
.TP
.B TX
User-defined table of contents exit.
+.
This macro is called just before
.B TC
-prints the word `CONTENTS'.
+prints the word \[oq]CONTENTS\[cq].
+.
See
.BR TC .
.
.TP
.B TY
User-defined table of contents exit.
-This macro is called instead of printing `CONTENTS'.
+.
+This macro is called instead of printing \[oq]CONTENTS\[cq].
+.
See
.BR TC .
.
.TP
.BI VERBON\ "\fR[\fPflag \fR[\fPpoint-size \fR[\fPfont\fR]]]\fP"
Begin verbatim output using Courier font.
+.
Usually for printing programs.
+.
All characters have equal width.
+.
The point size can be changed with the second argument.
-By specifying a third argument it is possible to use another
-font instead of Courier.
+.
+By specifying a third argument it is possible to use another font
+instead of Courier.
+.
.I flag
controls several special features.
+.
Its value is the sum of all wanted features.
.
.RS
@@ -2629,10 +3003,11 @@ It contains all arguments to the
.BR troff (@MAN1EXT@)
command
.BR .nm ,
-normally `1'.
+normally \[oq]1\[cq].
T}
address@hidden
-Indent the verbose text by `5n'.
+Indent the verbose text by \[oq]5n\[cq].
+.
This is controlled by the number-variable
.B Verbin
(in units).
@@ -2647,35 +3022,40 @@ End verbatim output.
.TP
.BI VL\ "text-indent \fR[\fPmark-indent\ " \fR[\fP1\fR]]\fP
Variable-item list.
-It has no fixed mark,
-it assumes that every
+.
+It has no fixed mark, it assumes that every
.B LI
has a mark instead.
+.
.I text-indent
-sets the indent to the text,
-and
+sets the indent to the text, and
.I mark-indent
the distance from the current indentation to the mark.
+.
A third argument prohibits printing of a blank line before each item.
.
.TP
.BI "VM \fR[\fP\-T\fR] [\fP" "top \fR[\fPbottom\fR]]\fP"
Vertical margin.
+.
Increase the top and bottom margin by
.I top
and
.IR bottom ,
respectively.
+.
If option
.B \-T
is specified, set those margins to
.I top
and
.IR bottom .
-If no argument is given, reset the margin to zero,
-or to the default (`7v 5v') if
+.
+If no argument is given, reset the margin to zero, or to the default
+(\[oq]7v 5v\[cq]) if
.B \-T
is used.
+.
It is highly recommended that macros
.B TP
and/or
@@ -2686,11 +3066,11 @@ and setting top and/or bottom margin to less than the
default.
.
.TP
.BI WA\ "\fR[\fPwriter-name \fR[\fPtitle\fR]]\fP"
-Begin specification of the writer and writer's address.
+Begin specification of the writer and writer\[aq]s address.
+.
Several names can be specified with empty
.BR WA / WE
-pairs,
-but only one address.
+pairs, but only one address.
.
.TP
.B WE
@@ -2746,7 +3126,7 @@ T}
.
.TP
.B App
-A string containing the word `APPENDIX'.
+A string containing the word \[oq]APPENDIX\[cq].
.
.TP
.B Apptxt
@@ -2763,109 +3143,113 @@ Updated by
and
.B .HU
to the current heading text.
+.
Also updated in table of contents & friends.
.
.TP
.B HF
-Font list for headings, `2 2 2 2 2 2 2' by default.
+Font list for headings, \[oq]2 2 2 2 2 2 2\[cq] by default.
+.
Non-numeric font names may also be used.
.
.TP
.B HP
Point size list for headings.
-By default, this is `0 0 0 0 0 0 0' which is the same as
-`10 10 10 10 10 10 10'.
+.
+By default, this is \[cq]0 0 0 0 0 0 0\[cq] which is the same as \[oq]10
+10 10 10 10 10 10\[cq].
.
.TP
.B Index
-Contains the string `INDEX'.
+Contains the string \[oq]INDEX\[cq].
.
.TP
.B Indcmd
Contains the index command.
-Default value is `sort\ \-t\[rs]t'.
+.
+Default value is \[oq]sort\ \-t\[rs]t\[cq].
.
.TP
.B Lifg
-String containing `Figure'.
+String containing \[oq]Figure\[cq].
.
.TP
.B Litb
-String containing `TABLE'.
+String containing \[oq]TABLE\[cq].
.
.TP
.B Liex
-String containing `Exhibit'.
+String containing \[oq]Exhibit\[cq].
.
.TP
.B Liec
-String containing `Equation'.
+String containing \[oq]Equation\[cq].
.
.TP
.B Licon
-String containing `CONTENTS'.
+String containing \[oq]CONTENTS\[cq].
.
.TP
.B Lf
-Contains the string `LIST OF FIGURES'.
+Contains the string \[oq]LIST OF FIGURES\[cq].
.
.TP
.B Lt
-Contains the string `LIST OF TABLES'.
+Contains the string \[oq]LIST OF TABLES\[cq].
.
.TP
.B Lx
-Contains the string `LIST OF EXHIBITS'.
+Contains the string \[oq]LIST OF EXHIBITS\[cq].
.
.TP
.B Le
-Contains the string `LIST OF EQUATIONS'.
+Contains the string \[oq]LIST OF EQUATIONS\[cq].
.
.TP
.B Letfc
-Contains the string `Yours very truly,',
+Contains the string \[oq]Yours very truly,\[cq],
used in
.BR .FC .
.
.TP
.B Letapp
-Contains the string `APPROVED:',
+Contains the string \[oq]APPROVED:\[cq],
used in
.BR .AV .
.
.TP
.B Letdate
-Contains the string `Date',
+Contains the string \[oq]Date\[cq],
used in
.BR .AV .
.
.TP
.B LetCN
-Contains the string `CONFIDENTIAL',
+Contains the string \[oq]CONFIDENTIAL\[cq],
used in
.BR ".LO CN" .
.
.TP
.B LetSA
-Contains the string `To Whom It May Concern:',
+Contains the string \[oq]To Whom It May Concern:\[cq],
used in
.BR ".LO SA" .
.
.TP
.B LetAT
-Contains the string `ATTENTION:',
+Contains the string \[oq]ATTENTION:\[cq],
used in
.BR ".LO AT" .
.
.TP
.B LetSJ
-Contains the string `SUBJECT:',
+Contains the string \[oq]SUBJECT:\[cq],
used in
.BR ".LO SJ" .
.
.TP
.B LetRN
-Contains the string `In reference to:',
+Contains the string \[oq]In reference to:\[cq],
used in
.BR ".LO RN" .
.
@@ -2873,17 +3257,19 @@ used in
.B Letns
is an array containing the different strings used in
.BR .NS .
+.
It is really a number of string variables prefixed with
.BR Letns! .
-If the argument doesn't exist,
-it is included between
+.
+If the argument doesn\[aq]t exist, it is included between
.B ()
with
.B Letns!copy
as a prefix and
.B Letns!to
as a suffix.
-Observe the space after `Copy' and before `to'.
+.
+Observe the space after \[oq]Copy\[cq] and before \[oq]to\[cq].
.
.RS
.IP
@@ -2916,26 +3302,31 @@ Letns!to@" to
.B Letnsdef
Define the standard notation used when no argument is given to
.BR .NS .
+.
Default is\~0.
.
.TP
.B "MO1 \(en MO12"
-Strings containing the month names `January' through `December'.
+Strings containing the month names \[oq]January\[cq] through
+\[oq]December\[cq].
.
.TP
.B Qrf
-String containing `See chapter \[rs]\[rs]*[Qrfh], page \[rs]\[rs]n[Qrfp].'.
+String containing \[oq]See chapter \[rs]\[rs]*[Qrfh], page
+\[rs]\[rs]n[Qrfp].\[cq].
.
.TP
.B Rp
-Contains the string `REFERENCES'.
+Contains the string \[oq]REFERENCES\[cq].
.
.TP
.B Tcst
-Contains the current status of the table of contents and list of figures,
-etc.
+Contains the current status of the table of contents and list of
+figures, etc.
+.
Empty outside of
.BR .TC .
+.
Useful in user-defined macros like
.BR .TP .
.
@@ -2957,7 +3348,7 @@ address@hidden
.
.TP
.B Tm
-Contains the string `\[rs](tm', the trade mark symbol.
+Contains the string \[oq]\[rs](tm\[cq], the trade mark symbol.
.
.TP
.B Verbnm
@@ -2966,6 +3357,7 @@ Argument to
in the
.B .VERBON
command.
+.
Default is\~1.
.
.
@@ -2977,16 +3369,20 @@ Default is\~1.
.B Aph
Print an appendix page for every new appendix if this number variable
is non-zero.
+.
No output occurs if
.B Aph
-is zero, but there is always an appendix entry in the `List of contents'.
+is zero, but there is always an appendix entry in the \[oq]List of
+contents\[cq].
.
.TP
.B Cl
Contents level (in the range 0 to 14).
+.
The contents is saved if a heading level is lower than or equal to the
value of
.BR Cl .
+.
Default is\~2.
.
.TP
@@ -2994,23 +3390,31 @@ Default is\~2.
Eject page between list of table, list of figure, etc., if the value of
.B Cp
is zero.
+.
Default is\~0.
.
.TP
.B D
Debug flag.
-Values greater than zero produce debug information of increasing verbosity.
+.
+Values greater than zero produce debug information of increasing
+verbosity.
+.
A value of\~1 gives information about the progress of formatting.
+.
Default is\~0.
.
.TP
.B De
If set to\~1, eject after floating display is output.
+.
Default is\~0.
.
.TP
.B Dsp
-If defined, it controls the space output before and after static displays.
+If defined, it controls the space output before and after static
+displays.
+.
Otherwise the value of
.B Lsp
is used.
@@ -3018,7 +3422,9 @@ is used.
.TP
.B Df
Control floating keep output.
+.
This is a number in the range 0 to 5, with a default value of\~5.
+.
See
.BR .DF .
.
@@ -3027,22 +3433,26 @@ See
If set to\~1, use the amount of space stored in register
.B Lsp
before and after display.
+.
Default is\~1.
.
.TP
.B Ej
If set to\~1, eject page before each first-level heading.
+.
Default is\~0.
.
.TP
.B Eq
-Equation labels are left-adjusted if set to\~0
-and right-adjusted if set to\~1.
+Equation labels are left-adjusted if set to\~0 and right-adjusted if
+set to\~1.
+.
Default is\~0.
.
.TP
.B Fs
Footnote spacing.
+.
Default is\~1.
.
.TP
@@ -3051,8 +3461,9 @@ Heading counters
.
.TP
.B H1dot
-Append a dot after the level-one heading number if value is greater than
-zero.
+Append a dot after the level-one heading number if value is greater
+than zero.
+.
Default is\~1.
.
.TP
@@ -3060,29 +3471,32 @@ Default is\~1.
A copy of number register
.BR H1 ,
but it is incremented just before the page break.
+.
Useful in user-defined header macros.
.
.TP
.B Hb
Heading break level.
-A number in the range 0 to 14,
-with a default value of\~2.
+.
+A number in the range 0 to 14, with a default value of\~2.
+.
See\~\c
.BR .H .
.
.TP
.B Hc
Heading centering level.
-A number in the range 0 to 14,
-with a default value value of\~0.
+.
+A number in the range 0 to 14, with a default value value of\~0.
+.
See\~\c
.BR .H .
.
.TP
.B Hi
Heading temporary indent.
-A number in the range 0 to 2,
-with a default value of\~1.
+.
+A number in the range 0 to 2, with a default value of\~1.
.
.RS
.IP
@@ -3092,7 +3506,7 @@ l lx.
address@hidden indentation, left margin
address@hidden
indent to the right, similar to
-.RB ` ".P 1" '
+.RB \[oq] ".P 1" \[cq]
T}
address@hidden
indent to line up with text part of preceding heading
@@ -3103,10 +3517,13 @@ T}
.TP
.B Hps
Heading pre-space level.
+.
If the heading level is less than or equal to
.BR Hps ,
two lines precede the section heading instead of one.
+.
Default is first level only.
+.
The real amount of lines is controlled by the variables
.B Hps1
and
@@ -3118,6 +3535,7 @@ Number of lines preceding
.B .H
if the heading level is greater than
.BR Hps .
+.
Value is in units, default is 0.5.
.
.TP
@@ -3126,13 +3544,15 @@ Number of lines preceding
.B .H
if the heading level is less than or equal to
.BR Hps .
+.
Value is in units, default is\~1.
.
.TP
.B Hs
Heading space level.
-A number in the range 0 to 14,
-with a default value of\~2.
+.
+A number in the range 0 to 14, with a default value of\~2.
+.
See\~\c
.BR .H .
.
@@ -3142,6 +3562,7 @@ Number of lines following
.B .H
if the heading level is less than or equal to
.BR Hs .
+.
Value is in units, default is\~1.
.
.TP
@@ -3163,6 +3584,7 @@ Default is\~0.
.TP
.B Hu
Unnumbered heading level.
+.
Default is\~2.
.
.TP
@@ -3172,7 +3594,7 @@ Hyphenation status of text body.
.RS
.IP
.TS
-tab(@);
+7tab(@);
l l.
address@hidden hyphenation
address@hidden on, set to value\~14
@@ -3184,8 +3606,9 @@ Default is\~0.
.
.TP
.B Iso
-Set this variable to\~1 on the command line to get an
-ISO-formatted date string (\fB\-rIso=1\fP).
+Set this variable to\~1 on the command line to get an ISO-formatted
+date string (\fB\-rIso=1\fP).
+.
Useless inside of a document.
.
.TP
@@ -3196,18 +3619,22 @@ Page length, only for command line settings.
.B Letwam
Maximum lines in return-address, used in
.BR .WA / .WE .
+.
Default is\~14.
.
.TP
.BR Lf ,\ Lt ,\ Lx ,\ Le
Enable (1) or disable (0) the printing of List of figures,
+.
List of tables, List of exhibits and List of equations, respectively.
+.
Default values are Lf=1, Lt=1, Lx=1, and Le=0.
.
.TP
.B Li
List indentation, used by
.BR .AL .
+.
Default is\~6.
.
.TP
@@ -3229,14 +3656,17 @@ l l.
.TP
.B Ls
List space threshold.
+.
If current list level is greater than
.B Ls
no spacing occurs around lists.
+.
Default is\~99.
.
.TP
.B Lsp
The vertical space used by an empty line.
+.
The default is 0.5v in troff mode and 1v in nroff mode.
.
.TP
@@ -3253,16 +3683,17 @@ l lx.
header replaces footer on first page, header is empty.
T}
address@hidden header is removed on the first page.
address@hidden' numbering style enabled.
address@hidden numbering style enabled.
address@hidden header is removed on the first page.
address@hidden
-`section-page' and `section-figure' numbering style enabled.
+\[oq]section-page\[cq] and \[oq]section-figure\[cq] numbering style enabled.
T}
.TE
.RE
.
.IP
Default is\~0.
+.
See also the number registers
.B Sectf
and
@@ -3308,18 +3739,20 @@ Default is\~0.
.
.TP
.B P
-Current page-number, normally the same as `%' unless
-`section-page' numbering style is enabled.
+Current page-number, normally the same as \[oq]%\[cq] unless
+\[oq]section-page\[cq] numbering style is enabled.
.
.TP
.B Pi
Paragraph indentation.
+.
Default is\~5.
.
.TP
.B Pgps
A flag to control whether header and footer point size should follow
-the current settings or just change when the header and footer are defined.
+the current settings or just change when the header and footer are
+defined.
.
.RS
.IP
@@ -3378,31 +3811,38 @@ Default is\~0.
.B Rpe
Set default value for second argument of
.BR .RP .
+.
Default is\~0.
.
.TP
.B Sectf
-A flag controlling `section-figures' numbering style.
+A flag controlling \[oq]section-figures\[cq] numbering style.
+.
A non-zero value enables this.
+.
See also register\~\c
.BR N .
.
.TP
.B Sectp
-A flag controlling `section-page' numbering style.
+A flag controlling \[cq]section-page\[cq] numbering style.
+.
A non-zero value enables this.
+.
See also register\~\c
.BR N .
.
.TP
.B Si
Display indentation.
+.
Default is\~5.
.
.TP
.B Verbin
Indentation for
.BR .VERBON .
+.
Default is 5n.
.
.TP
@@ -3418,30 +3858,35 @@ Always\~1.
.SH INTERNALS
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
-The letter macros are using different submacros depending on
-the letter type.
-The name of the submacro has the letter type
-as suffix.
-It is therefore possible to define other letter types,
-either in the national macro-file, or as local additions.
+The letter macros are using different submacros depending on the
+letter type.
+.
+The name of the submacro has the letter type as suffix.
+.
+It is therefore possible to define other letter types, either in the
+national macro-file, or as local additions.
+.
.B .LT
sets the number variables
.B Pt
and
.B Pi
to 0 and\~5, respectively.
+.
The following strings and macros must be defined for a new letter type.
.
.TP
.BI address@hidden type
This macro is called directly by
.BR .LT .
+.
It is supposed to initialize variables and other stuff.
.
.TP
.BI address@hidden type
This macro prints the letter head,
and is called instead of the normal page header.
+.
It is supposed to remove the alias
.BR address@hidden ,
otherwise it is called for all pages.
@@ -3451,16 +3896,18 @@ otherwise it is called for all pages.
.B .SG
is calling this macro only for letters;
memorandums have its own processing.
+.
.I name
and
.I title
are specified through
.BR .WA / .WB .
+.
.I n\c
-\~is the counter, 1-max,
-and
+\~is the counter, 1-max, and
.I flag
is true for the last name.
+.
Any other argument to
.B .SG
is appended.
@@ -3471,14 +3918,17 @@ This macro is called by
.BR .FC ,
and has the formal closing as the argument.
.
+.
.LP
.B .LO
is implemented as a general option-macro.
+.
It demands that a string named
.BI Let type
is defined, where
.I type
is the letter type.
+.
.B .LO
then assigns the argument to the string variable
.BI let*lo- type\fR.\fP
@@ -3490,13 +3940,6 @@ then assigns the argument to the string variable
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.SH AUTHOR
-.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
-J�rgen H�gg, Lund, Sweden <address@hidden>.
-.
-.
-.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH FILES
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
@@ -3523,6 +3966,17 @@ J
.br
.BR groff_mmse (@MAN7EXT@)
.
+.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH COPYING
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.co
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH AUTHOR
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.au
+.
+.
.\" Local Variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" coding: latin-1
diff --git a/contrib/mm/groff_mmse.man b/contrib/mm/groff_mmse.man
index 3cec3c4..635e3f0 100644
--- a/contrib/mm/groff_mmse.man
+++ b/contrib/mm/groff_mmse.man
@@ -5,8 +5,7 @@ groff_mmse \- svenska mm makro f
.
.
.ig
-Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 2000, 2001, 2006, 2009, 2014
- Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -69,7 +68,9 @@ Se
f�r �vriga detaljer.
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH BREV
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
Tillg�ngliga brevtyper:
.
diff --git a/contrib/mm/mmroff.man b/contrib/mm/mmroff.man
index 42354ce..dbd50b9 100644
--- a/contrib/mm/mmroff.man
+++ b/contrib/mm/mmroff.man
@@ -1,11 +1,14 @@
.TH MMROFF @MAN1EXT@ "@MDATE@" "Groff Version @VERSION@"
-.
.SH NAME
mmroff \- cross reference preprocessor
.
.
-.ig
-Copyright (C) 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.\" Legalese
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
+.de co
+Copyright \[co] 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -23,6 +26,13 @@ translations approved by the Free Software Foundation
instead of in
the original English.
..
.
+.de au
+This document was written by
+.MT address@hidden
+J�rgen H�gg, Lund, Sweden
+.ME .
+..
+.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH SYNOPSIS
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -45,6 +55,7 @@ it is used for expanding cross references in
.BR address@hidden@m ,
see
.BR groff_mm (@MAN7EXT@).
+.
.B groff
is executed twice, first with
.B \-z
@@ -57,9 +68,10 @@ when the cross reference file is up to date.
.TP
.B \-x
Just create the cross reference file.
-This can be used to refresh the cross reference file,
-it isn't always needed to have accurate
-cross references and by using this option
+.
+This can be used to refresh the cross reference file, it isn\[aq]t
+always needed to have accurate cross references and by using this
+option
.B groff
will only be run once.
.
@@ -70,13 +82,6 @@ will only be run once.
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.SH AUTHOR
-.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
-J�rgen H�gg, Lund, Sweden <address@hidden>.
-.
-.
-.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH FILES
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
@@ -103,6 +108,17 @@ J
.BR @address@hidden (@MAN1EXT@),
.BR @address@hidden (@MAN1EXT@)
.
+.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH COPYING
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.co
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH AUTHORS
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
+.
+.
.\" Local Variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" coding: latin-1
diff --git a/contrib/mom/BUGS b/contrib/mom/BUGS
index e745ff3..ff2c196 100644
--- a/contrib/mom/BUGS
+++ b/contrib/mom/BUGS
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-*- text -*-
- Copyright 2004-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Copyright (C) 2004-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
diff --git a/contrib/mom/NEWS b/contrib/mom/NEWS
index 3c008fb..bccb599 100644
--- a/contrib/mom/NEWS
+++ b/contrib/mom/NEWS
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-*- text -*-
- Copyright 2004-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Copyright (C) 2004-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
diff --git a/contrib/mom/copyright b/contrib/mom/copyright
index cfb896d..15d8845 100644
--- a/contrib/mom/copyright
+++ b/contrib/mom/copyright
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ K1L 6X6
========================================================================
-The groff macro file om.tmac and the html documentation pertaining
-to it are copyright (c) 2004-2014 Peter Schaffter.
+The groff macro file om.tmac and the html documentation pertaining to
+it are Copyright (C) 2004-2014 Peter Schaffter.
om.tmac is issued under the GNU General Public License, a full copy of
which can be had at
diff --git a/contrib/mom/examples/README.txt b/contrib/mom/examples/README.txt
index d6d10d8..0a7f74b 100644
--- a/contrib/mom/examples/README.txt
+++ b/contrib/mom/examples/README.txt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-*- text -*-
- Copyright 2004-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Copyright (C) 2004-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
diff --git a/contrib/mom/examples/elvis_syntax
b/contrib/mom/examples/elvis_syntax
index 5012b26..7b29a04 100644
--- a/contrib/mom/examples/elvis_syntax
+++ b/contrib/mom/examples/elvis_syntax
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-" Copyright 2004-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+" Copyright (C) 2004-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
"
" Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
" are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
diff --git a/contrib/mom/examples/elvis_syntax.new
b/contrib/mom/examples/elvis_syntax.new
index 82986f1..eb1aae7 100644
--- a/contrib/mom/examples/elvis_syntax.new
+++ b/contrib/mom/examples/elvis_syntax.new
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-" Copyright 2004-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+" Copyright (C) 2004-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
"
" Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
" are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
diff --git a/contrib/mom/examples/letter.mom b/contrib/mom/examples/letter.mom
index 134a966..41ad6d2 100644
--- a/contrib/mom/examples/letter.mom
+++ b/contrib/mom/examples/letter.mom
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-\# Copyright 2004-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+\# Copyright (C) 2004-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
\#
\# Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
\# are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
diff --git a/contrib/mom/examples/mom.vim b/contrib/mom/examples/mom.vim
index 96c0d48..79ec75c 100644
--- a/contrib/mom/examples/mom.vim
+++ b/contrib/mom/examples/mom.vim
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-" Copyright 2012-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+" Copyright (C) 2012-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
"
" Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
" are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
diff --git a/contrib/mom/examples/sample_docs.mom
b/contrib/mom/examples/sample_docs.mom
index a68a609..3503973 100644
--- a/contrib/mom/examples/sample_docs.mom
+++ b/contrib/mom/examples/sample_docs.mom
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-\# Copyright 2004-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+\# Copyright (C) 2004-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
\#
\# Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
\# are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
diff --git a/contrib/mom/examples/typesetting.mom
b/contrib/mom/examples/typesetting.mom
index 6359776..2305410 100644
--- a/contrib/mom/examples/typesetting.mom
+++ b/contrib/mom/examples/typesetting.mom
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-\# Copyright 2004-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+\# Copyright (C) 2004-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
\#
\# Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
\# are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
diff --git a/contrib/mom/groff_mom.man b/contrib/mom/groff_mom.man
index b41b040..3fef608 100644
--- a/contrib/mom/groff_mom.man
+++ b/contrib/mom/groff_mom.man
@@ -2,46 +2,14 @@
.SH NAME
groff_mom \- groff `mom' macros, `mom' is a `roff' language, part of `groff'
.
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
.\" The .SH was moved to this place in order to appease `apropos'.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.\" Legalese
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
-.de authors
-.P
-.B mom
-was written by
-.MT address@hidden
-Peter Schaffter
-.ME .
-.
-.P
-.I PDF
-support was provided by
-.MT address@hidden
-Deri James
-.ME .
-.
-.P
-The alphabetical documentation of macros and escape seqauences in this
-man-page were written by the
-.I mom
-team.
-.
-.P
-Please send bug reports to the
-.MT address@hidden
-groff-bug mailing list
-.ME
-or directly to the authors.
-..
-.de copyleft
-.nh
-Copyright (C) 2002-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-written by Werner Lemberg <address@hidden>
-revised 2012 by Peter Schaffter <address@hidden>
+.de co
+Copyright \[co] 2002-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of groff, a free software project.
@@ -57,7 +25,27 @@ directory of the groff Text source package.
Or read the man-page
.BR gpl (1).
You can also visit <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.hy
+..
+.
+.de au
+mom was written by
+.MT address@hidden
+Peter Schaffter
+.ME
+and revised by
+.MT address@hidden
+Werner Lemberg
+.ME .
+
+PDF support was provided by
+.MT address@hidden
+Deri James
+.ME .
+
+The alphabetical documentation of macros and escape seqauences in this
+man\-page were written by the
+.I mom
+team.
..
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -82,7 +70,7 @@ You can also visit <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
. ds result \&
. while (\\n[.$] >= 2) \{\
. as result \,\f[\\$1]\\$2
-. if !"\\$1"P" .as result \f[P]
+. if !"\\$1"P" .as result \f[P]\""
. shift 2
. \}
. if (\\n[.$] = 1) .as result \,\f[\\$1]
@@ -103,7 +91,7 @@ You can also visit <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.\" SH SYNOPSIS
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
.SY pdfmom
@@ -1149,7 +1137,7 @@ you should do:
.B .TAB 1
.B .PT_SIZE 24
.B .ALD 3p
-.B \[rs]*[RULE] \[rs]" Note that you can\[aq]t use \[rs]*[UP] or \[rs]*[DOWN]
with \[rs]*[RULE]
+.B \[rs]*[RULE] \[rs]" Note that you can\[aq]t use \[rs]*[UP] or \[rs]*[DOWN]
with \[rs]*[RULE]\""
.B .RLD 3p
.B .TQ
.EE
@@ -3387,16 +3375,24 @@ after NEWPAGE, like this:
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.SH "AUTHORS"
+.SH BUGS
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
-.authors
+Please send bug reports to the
+.MT address@hidden
+groff-bug mailing list
+.ME
+or directly to the authors.
+.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH "COPYING"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
-.copyleft
+.co
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "AUTHORS"
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.au
.
.
.cp \n[groff_mom_C]
diff --git a/contrib/mom/om.tmac b/contrib/mom/om.tmac
index f954186..9566072 100644
--- a/contrib/mom/om.tmac
+++ b/contrib/mom/om.tmac
@@ -582,16 +582,16 @@ end
. if '\\n[.sty]'' \{\
. if !F\\n[.fn] \{\
. if !S\\*[$FONT] \{\
-. tm1 "[mom]: Font style "\\*[$FONT]" at line \\n[.c] has not
been registered.
+. tm1 "[mom]: Font style "\\*[$FONT]" at line \\n[.c] has not
been registered.\""
. ie \\n[#ABORT_FT_ERRORS]=0 \
-. tm1 " Continuing to process using fallback font.
+. tm1 " Continuing to process using fallback font.\""
. el .ab Aborting '\\n[.F]' at \\$0, line \\n[.c].
. \}
. if \\n[.f]=0 \{\
. tm1 "[mom]: Either font style "\\*[$FONT]" at line \\n[.c]
does not exist in family "\\n[.fam]",
. tm1 " or family "\\n[.fam]" has not been installed.
. ie \\n[#ABORT_FT_ERRORS]=0 \
-. tm1 " Continuing to process using fallback font.
+. tm1 " Continuing to process using fallback font.\""
. el .ab Aborting '\\n[.F]' at \\$0, line \\n[.c].
. \}
. \}
@@ -21097,7 +21097,7 @@ Macro MN: Warning: Right margin note #\\n[MN-curr] on
page \\n[#P] shifted down.
. chop pdf:clean
. asciify pdf:clean
. ev
-. ds \\*[pdfcleaned] "\\*[pdf:clean]
+. ds \\*[pdfcleaned] "\\*[pdf:clean]\""
. rm pdf:clean
. tr \[em]\[em]
. \}
diff --git a/contrib/pdfmark/ChangeLog b/contrib/pdfmark/ChangeLog
index 92ebdf4..882c00d 100644
--- a/contrib/pdfmark/ChangeLog
+++ b/contrib/pdfmark/ChangeLog
@@ -385,8 +385,7 @@
________________________________________________________________________
-Copyright 2004-2014
- Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 2004-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
diff --git a/contrib/pdfmark/PROBLEMS b/contrib/pdfmark/PROBLEMS
index 072ba5d..b40c1eb 100644
--- a/contrib/pdfmark/PROBLEMS
+++ b/contrib/pdfmark/PROBLEMS
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-*- text -*-
- Copyright 2004-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Copyright (C) 2004-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
diff --git a/contrib/pdfmark/README b/contrib/pdfmark/README
index c5663ba..1000810 100644
--- a/contrib/pdfmark/README
+++ b/contrib/pdfmark/README
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-*- text -*-
- Copyright 2004-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Copyright (C) 2004-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
diff --git a/contrib/pdfmark/cover.ms b/contrib/pdfmark/cover.ms
index cca702e..fcf85b4 100644
--- a/contrib/pdfmark/cover.ms
+++ b/contrib/pdfmark/cover.ms
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
.\" -*- nroff -*-
-.\" Copyright 2004-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.\" Copyright (C) 2004-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
.\"
.\" Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
.\" are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
diff --git a/contrib/pdfmark/pdfroff.man b/contrib/pdfmark/pdfroff.man
index 35d0783..ec412bb 100644
--- a/contrib/pdfmark/pdfroff.man
+++ b/contrib/pdfmark/pdfroff.man
@@ -1,33 +1,49 @@
.TH PDFROFF @MAN1EXT@ "@MDATE@" "Groff Version @VERSION@"
+.SH NAME
+pdfroff \- create PDF documents using groff
+.
+.
+.\" pdfroff.1
+.\" File position: <groff-source>/contrib/pdfmark/pdfroff.man
+.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.\" Legal Matters
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.ig
-pdfroff.1
-
-File position: <groff-source>/contrib/pdfmark/pdfroff.man
-
-This file is part of groff, the GNU roff type-setting system.
+.
+.de co
+Copyright \[co] 2005-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-Copyright (C) 2005-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-written by Keith Marshall <address@hidden>
+This file is part of groff, the free GNU roff type-setting system.
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
-any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
-Front-Cover Texts, no Back-Cover Texts, and the following Invariant
-Sections:--
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (FDL), Version
+1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Front-Cover Texts, no Back-Cover Texts, and the following
+Invariant Sections:--
- a) This "Legal Matters" section, extending from the start of
- the document, to the end of the enclosing ".ig" section.
+ a) This "Legal Matters" section, extending from the definition of
+ .co to the end of the enclosing .au definition.
- b) The entire section bearing the heading "AUTHOR", extending
- from the ".SH AUTHOR" tag, to the end of the document.
+ b) The entire sections bearing the heading "COPYING" and
+ "AUTHORS".
A copy of the Free Documentation License is included as a file called
-FDL in the main directory of the groff source package.
+FDL in the main directory of the groff source package, it is also
+available in the internet at
+.UR http://\:www.gnu.org/\:copyleft/\:fdl.html
+the GNU copyleft site
+.UE .
..
.
+.de au
+It was originally written by
+.MT address@hidden:ntlworld.com
+Keith Marshall
+.ME ,
+who also wrote the implementation of the
+.I pdfroff
+program, to which it relates.
+..
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.\" Local macro definitions
@@ -43,14 +59,11 @@ FDL in the main directory of the groff source package.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
-.SH NAME
-.
-pdfroff \- create PDF documents using groff
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.SH SYNOPSIS
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
.SY pdfroff
.OP \-abcegilpstzCEGNRSUVXZ
@@ -94,12 +107,13 @@ pdfroff \- create PDF documents using groff
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.SH DESCRIPTION
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
.B pdfroff
is a wrapper program for the GNU text processing system,
.BR groff .
+.
It transparently handles the mechanics of multiple pass
.B groff
processing, when applied to suitably marked up
@@ -108,6 +122,7 @@ source files,
such that tables of contents and body text are formatted separately,
and are subsequently combined in the correct order, for final publication
as a single PDF document.
+.
A further optional
\*(lqstyle sheet\*(rq
capability is provided;
@@ -124,8 +139,8 @@ to produce a finished PDF document.
.
.P
.B pdfroff
-makes no assumptions about, and imposes no restrictions on,
-the use of any
+makes no assumptions about, and imposes no restrictions on, the use of
+any
.B groff
macro packages which the user may choose to employ,
in order to achieve a desired document format;
@@ -134,25 +149,25 @@ however, it
include specific built in support for the
.B pdfmark
macro package, should the user choose to employ it.
+.
Specifically, if the
.I pdfhref
macro, defined in the
.B pdfmark.tmac
-package, is used to define public reference marks,
-or dynamic links to such reference marks, then
+package, is used to define public reference marks, or dynamic links to
+such reference marks, then
.B pdfroff
performs as many preformatting
.B groff
passes as required, up to a maximum limit of
.IR four ,
-in order to compile a document reference dictionary,
-to resolve references, and to expand the dynamically defined
-content of links.
+in order to compile a document reference dictionary, to resolve
+references, and to expand the dynamically defined content of links.
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.SH USAGE
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
The command line is parsed in accordance with normal GNU conventions,
but with one exception \(em when specifying any short form option
@@ -163,10 +178,11 @@ be specified independently (i.e., it may
.I not
be appended to any group of other single character short form options).
.
+.
.P
-Long form option names (i.e., those introduced by a double hyphen)
-may be abbreviated to their minimum length unambiguous initial
-substring.
+Long form option names (i.e., those introduced by a double hyphen) may
+be abbreviated to their minimum length unambiguous initial substring.
+.
.
.P
Otherwise,
@@ -174,20 +190,20 @@ Otherwise,
usage closely mirrors that of
.B groff
itself.
-Indeed,
-with the exception of the
+.
+Indeed, with the exception of the
.BR \-h ,
.BR \-v ,
and
.BI \-T \ dev
-short form options, and
-all long form options,
-which are parsed internally by
+short form options, and all long form options, which are parsed
+internally by
.BR pdfroff ,
all options and file name arguments specified on the command line are
passed on to
.BR groff ,
to control the formatting of the PDF document.
+.
Consequently,
.B pdfroff
accepts all options and arguments, as specified in
@@ -198,15 +214,15 @@ options and argument usage.
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.SH OPTIONS
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
.B pdfroff
-accepts all of the short form options
-(i.e., those introduced by a single hyphen),
-which are available with
+accepts all of the short form options (i.e., those introduced by a
+single hyphen), which are available with
.B groff
itself.
+.
In most cases, these are simply passed transparently to
.BR groff ;
the following, however, are handled specially by
@@ -221,13 +237,15 @@ see below.
.TP
.B \-i
Process standard input, after all other specified input files.
+.
This is passed transparently to
.BR groff ,
but, if grouped with other options, it
.I must
be the first in the group.
-Hiding it within a group
-breaks standard input processing, in the multiple pass
+.
+Hiding it within a group breaks standard input processing, in the
+multiple pass
.B groff
processing context of
.BR pdfroff .
@@ -238,6 +256,7 @@ Only
.B \-T\ ps
is supported by
.BR pdfroff .
+.
Attempting to specify any other device causes
.B pdfroff
to abort.
@@ -248,19 +267,20 @@ Same as
.BR \-\-version ;
see below.
.
+.
.P
See
.BR groff (@MAN1EXT@)
-for a description of all other short form options,
-which are transparently passed through
+for a description of all other short form options, which are
+transparently passed through
.BR pdfroff
to
.BR groff .
.
+.
.P
-All long form options
-(i.e., those introduced by a double hyphen)
-are interpreted locally by
+All long form options (i.e., those introduced by a double hyphen) are
+interpreted locally by
.BR pdfroff ;
they are
.B not
@@ -277,14 +297,12 @@ and then exit.
.
.TP
.B \-\-emit\-ps
-Suppresses the final output conversion step,
-causing
+Suppresses the final output conversion step, causing
.B pdfroff
to emit PostScript output instead of PDF.
-This may be useful,
-to capture intermediate PostScript output,
-when using a specialised postprocessor,
-such as
+.
+This may be useful, to capture intermediate PostScript output, when
+using a specialised postprocessor, such as
.I gpresent
for example,
in place of the default
@@ -293,12 +311,12 @@ PDF writer.
.
.TP
.B \-\-keep\-temporary\-files
-Suppresses the deletion of temporary files,
-which normally occurs after
+Suppresses the deletion of temporary files, which normally occurs
+after
.B pdfroff
-has completed PDF document formatting;
-this may be useful,
-when debugging formatting problems.
+has completed PDF document formatting; this may be useful, when
+debugging formatting problems.
+.
.IP
See section
.BR FILES ,
@@ -365,6 +383,7 @@ if unspecified, the reference dictionary is created in a
temporary file,
which is deleted when
.B pdfroff
completes processing of the current document.
+.
This option
.I must
be specified, if it is desired to save the reference dictionary,
@@ -394,6 +413,7 @@ in the formatted PDF document.
Causes
.B pdfroff
to display a version identification message.
+.
The entire command line is then passed transparently to
.BR groff ,
in a
@@ -406,8 +426,9 @@ version information, before exiting.
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.SH ENVIRONMENT
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
The following environment variables may be set, and exported,
to modify the behaviour of
.BR pdfroff .
@@ -416,23 +437,23 @@ to modify the behaviour of
.B PDFROFF_COLLATE
Specifies the program to be used
for collation of the finished PDF document.
+.
.IP
This collation step may be required to move
.I tables of contents
to the start of the finished PDF document,
when formatting with traditional macro packages,
which print them at the end.
-However,
-users should not normally need to specify
+.
+However, users should not normally need to specify
.BR \%PDFROFF_COLLATE ,
-(and indeed,
-are not encouraged to do so).
-If unspecified,
+(and indeed, are not encouraged to do so). If unspecified,
.B pdfroff
uses
.BR sed (@MAN1EXT@)
by default,
which normally suffices.
+.
.IP
If
.B \%PDFROFF_COLLATE
@@ -446,11 +467,13 @@ stream,
whence it is piped to the
.BR \%PDFROFF_POSTPROCESSOR_COMMAND ,
to produce the finished PDF output.
+.
.IP
When specifying
.BR \%PDFROFF_COLLATE ,
it is normally necessary to also specify
.BR \%PDFROFF_KILL_NULL_PAGES .
+.
.IP
.B \%PDFROFF_COLLATE
is ignored,
@@ -465,9 +488,11 @@ option.
Specifies options to be passed to the
.B \%PDFROFF_COLLATE
program.
+.
.IP
It should not normally be necessary to specify
.BR \%PDFROFF_KILL_NULL_PAGES .
+.
The internal default is a
.BR sed (@MAN1EXT@)
script,
@@ -475,6 +500,7 @@ which is intended to remove completely blank pages
from the collated output stream,
and which should be appropriate in most applications of
.BR pdfroff .
+.
However,
if any alternative to
.BR sed (@MAN1EXT@)
@@ -483,12 +509,12 @@ is specified for
then it is likely that a corresponding alternative specification for
.B \%PDFROFF_KILL_NULL_PAGES
is required.
+.
.IP
As in the case of
.BR \%PDFROFF_COLLATE ,
.B \%PDFROFF_KILL_NULL_PAGES
-is ignored,
-if
+is ignored, if
.B pdfroff
is invoked with the
.I \%\-\-no\-kill\-null\-pages
@@ -498,6 +524,7 @@ option.
.B PDFROFF_POSTPROCESSOR_COMMAND
Specifies the command to be used for the final document conversion
from PostScript intermediate output to PDF.
+.
It must behave as a filter,
writing its output to the
.I stdout
@@ -510,6 +537,7 @@ with the special case of
representing the
.I stdin
stream.
+.
.IP
If unspecified,
.B \%PDFROFF_POSTPROCESSOR_COMMAND
@@ -528,6 +556,7 @@ defaults to
Identifies the directory in which
.B pdfroff
should create temporary files.
+.
If
.B \%GROFF_TMPDIR
is
@@ -548,6 +577,7 @@ Specifies the program to be invoked, when
converts
.B groff
PostScript output to PDF.
+.
If
.B \%PDFROFF_POSTPROCESSOR_COMMAND
is specified,
@@ -556,6 +586,7 @@ then the command name it specifies is
assigned to
.BR \%GROFF_GHOSTSCRIPT_INTERPRETER ,
overriding any explicit setting specified in the environment.
+.
If
.B \%GROFF_GHOSTSCRIPT_INTERPRETER
is not specified, then
@@ -575,15 +606,16 @@ Specifies the program to be invoked, when
is extracting reference dictionary entries from a
.B groff
intermediate message stream.
+.
If
.B \%GROFF_AWK_INTERPRETER
is not specified, then
.B pdfroff
searches the process
.BR PATH ,
-looking for any of the preferred programs, `gawk', `mawk', `nawk'
-and `awk', in this order;
-if none of these are found,
+looking for any of the preferred programs, \[oq]gawk\[cq],
+\[oq]mawk\[cq], \[oq]nawk\[cq], and \[ok]awk\[cq], in this order; if
+none of these are found,
.B pdfroff
issues a warning message, and continue processing;
however, in this case, no reference dictionary is created.
@@ -606,7 +638,7 @@ to search for external helper programs.
If set,
.B \%PATH_SEPARATOR
overrides the default separator character,
-(`:' on POSIX/UNIX systems,
+(\[oq]:\[cq] on POSIX/UNIX systems,
inferred from
.B OSTYPE
on Microsoft Win32/MS-DOS),
@@ -624,11 +656,12 @@ option is specified, on the command line.
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.SH FILES
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
Input and output files for
.B pdfroff
-may be named according to any convention of the user's choice.
+may be named according to any convention of the user\[aq]s choice.
Typically, input files may be named according to the choice of the
principal formatting macro package, e.g.,
.IB file .ms
@@ -640,6 +673,7 @@ normally, the final output file should be named
.IB file .pdf\c
\&.
.
+.
.P
Temporary files, created by
.BR pdfroff ,
@@ -647,6 +681,7 @@ are placed in the file system hierarchy,
in or below the directory specified by environment variables
(see section
.BR ENVIRONMENT ).
+.
If
.BR mktemp (@MAN1EXT@)
is available,
@@ -695,6 +730,7 @@ it contains the
.I reference dictionary
entries,
as collected in the preceding pass).
+.
.IP
If the
.BR \%\-\-reference\-dictionary =\c
@@ -714,6 +750,7 @@ Used to collect
entries during the active pass of the
.I reference dictionary
compilation phase.
+.
At the end of any pass,
when the content of
.BI pdf $$ .cmp
@@ -737,7 +774,7 @@ for inclusion in the final formatting passes.
An intermediate
.I PostScript
file,
-in which \*(lqTable of Contents\*(rq entries are collected,
+in which \*[lq]Table of Contents\*[rq] entries are collected,
to facilitate relocation before the body text,
on ultimate output to the
.I GhostScript
@@ -758,12 +795,14 @@ in the proper sequence,
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.SH SEE ALSO
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
See
.BR groff (@MAN1EXT@)
for the definitive reference to document formatting with
.BR groff .
+.
Since
.B pdfroff
provides a superset of all
@@ -775,9 +814,10 @@ may also be considered to be the definitive reference to
all
capabilities of
.BR pdfroff ,
with this document providing the reference to
-.BR pdfroff 's
+.BR pdfroff \[aq]s
extended features.
.
+.
.P
While
.B pdfroff
@@ -790,6 +830,7 @@ and in particular those associated with the package
are best suited for use with
.BR pdfroff
as the preferred formatter.
+.
Detailed documentation on the use of these packages may be found,
in PDF format, in the reference guide
.BR "\*(lqPortable Document Format Publishing with GNU Troff\*(rq" ,
@@ -798,31 +839,14 @@ included in the installed documentation set as
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH COPYING
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.co
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH AUTHORS
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.au
.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Copyright \(co 2005\(en2007, 2009, 2010, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.
-.P
-This man page is distributed under the terms of the
-GNU Free Documentation License (FDL), version 1.3 or later,
-and is part of the
-.I GNU troff
-software package.
-It was originally written by
-.MT address@hidden:ntlworld.com
-Keith Marshall
-.ME ,
-who also wrote the implementation of the
-.I pdfroff
-program, to which it relates.
-.
-.P
-You should have received a copy of the FDL as part of the
-.I GNU troff
-distribution; it is also available on\-line, at
-.UR http://\:www.gnu.org/\:copyleft/\:fdl.html
-the GNU copyleft site
-.UE .
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.\" EOF / vim: ft=groff / -*- nroff -*-
diff --git a/contrib/pic2graph/pic2graph.man b/contrib/pic2graph/pic2graph.man
index 6dc0528..4436e63 100644
--- a/contrib/pic2graph/pic2graph.man
+++ b/contrib/pic2graph/pic2graph.man
@@ -1,10 +1,27 @@
-.\" This documentation is released to the public domain.
.TH PIC2GRAPH @MAN1EXT@ "@MDATE@" "Groff Version @VERSION@"
.SH NAME
pic2graph \- convert a PIC diagram into a cropped image
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.\" Legalese
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
+.de co
+This documentation is released to the public domain.
+..
+.
+.de au
+.ME address@hidden
+Eric S.\& Raymond
+.UE ,
+based on a recipe by W.\& Richard Stevens.
+..
+.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH SYNOPSIS
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
.B pic2graph
[
.B \-unsafe
@@ -17,46 +34,64 @@ pic2graph \- convert a PIC diagram into a cropped image
]
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH DESCRIPTION
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
Reads a PIC program as input; produces an image file (by default in
Portable Network Graphics format) suitable for the Web as output.
+.
Also translates
.BR @address@hidden (@MAN1EXT@)
constructs, so it can be used for generating images of mathematical
formulae.
+.
+.
.P
PIC is a rather expressive graphics minilanguage suitable for
producing box-and-arrow diagrams of the kind frequently used in
technical papers and textbooks.
+.
The language is sufficiently flexible to be quite useful for state
charts, Petri-net diagrams, flow charts, simple circuit schematics,
jumper layouts, and other kinds of illustration involving repetitive
uses of simple geometric forms and splines.
+.
Because PIC descriptions are procedural and object-based, they are
both compact and easy to modify.
+.
+.
.P
The PIC language is fully documented in
.IR "Making Pictures With GNU PIC" ,
a document which is part of the
.BR groff (@MAN1EXT@)
distribution.
+.
+.
.P
Your input PIC code should
.I not
be wrapped with the \&.PS and \&.PE macros that normally guard it within
.BR groff (@MAN1EXT@)
macros.
+.
+.
.P
The output image will be clipped to the smallest possible bounding box
that contains all the black pixels.
+.
Older versions of
.BR \%convert (1)
will produce a black-on-white graphic; newer ones may produce a
black-on-transparent graphic.
+.
By specifying command-line options to be passed to
.BR \%convert (1)
you can give it a border, force the background transparent, set the
-image's pixel density, or perform other useful transformations.
+image\[aq]s pixel density, or perform other useful transformations.
+.
+.
.P
This program uses
.BR @address@hidden (@MAN1EXT@),
@@ -72,23 +107,30 @@ $PATH for
to work.
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH OPTIONS
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
.TP
.B \-unsafe
Run
.BR @address@hidden (@MAN1EXT@)
and
.BR groff (@MAN1EXT@)
-in the `unsafe' mode enabling the PIC macro
+in the \[oq]unsafe\[cq] mode enabling the PIC macro
.B sh
to execute arbitrary commands.
+.
The default is to forbid this.
+.
.TP
.BI "\-format " fmt
Specify an output format; the default is PNG (Portable Network Graphics).
+.
Any format that
.BR \%convert (1)
can emit is supported.
+.
.TP
.BI "\-eqn " delim
Change the fencepost characters that delimit
@@ -98,16 +140,22 @@ directives
and
.BR $ ,
by default).
-This option requires an argument, but an empty string is
-accepted as a directive to disable
+.
+This option requires an argument, but an empty string is accepted as a
+directive to disable
.BR @address@hidden (@MAN1EXT@)
processing.
+.
+.
.PP
Command-line switches and arguments not listed above are passed to
.BR \%convert (1).
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH FILES
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
.TP \w'address@hidden@/eqnrc'u+2n
.B @MACRODIR@/eqnrc
The
@@ -115,10 +163,14 @@ The
initialization file.
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH ENVIRONMENT
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
.TP
.B GROFF_TMPDIR
The directory in which temporary files will be created.
+.
If this is not set
.B pic2graph
searches the environment variables
@@ -127,11 +179,15 @@ searches the environment variables
and
.B TEMP
(in that order).
+.
Otherwise, temporary files will be created in
.BR /tmp .
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH BUGS
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
Due to changes in the behavior of ImageMagick
.BR \%convert (1)
that are both forward and backward-incompatible,
@@ -140,6 +196,7 @@ mismatches between your
and
.BR \%convert (1)
versions may produce zero-sized or untrimmed output images.
+.
For this version of
.B pic2graph
you will need a version of
@@ -153,7 +210,10 @@ used
which no longer has trimming behavior.
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
.BR eqn2graph (@MAN1EXT@),
.BR grap2graph (@MAN1EXT@),
.BR @address@hidden (@MAN1EXT@),
@@ -163,8 +223,15 @@ which no longer has trimming behavior.
.BR \%convert (1).
.
.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Eric S.\& Raymond <address@hidden>, based on a recipe by W.\& Richard Stevens.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH COPYING
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.co
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH AUTHORS
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.au
+.
.
.\" Local Variables:
.\" mode: nroff
diff --git a/doc/webpage.ms b/doc/webpage.ms
index 71df9bc..90f2c9b 100644
--- a/doc/webpage.ms
+++ b/doc/webpage.ms
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
-.\" This file gives a small example how a web page could look like if created
-.\" with groff.
+.\" This file gives a small example how a web page could look like if
+.\" created with groff.
.\"
.\"
-.\" To make it work with other output devices also, we include www.tmac
-.\" directly.
+.\" To make it work with other output devices also, we include
+.\" www.tmac directly.
.\"
.nr PS 10
.nr VS 12
diff --git a/man/ditroff.man b/man/ditroff.man
index 9cb9e93..16a6feb 100644
--- a/man/ditroff.man
+++ b/man/ditroff.man
@@ -1,33 +1,38 @@
.\" Emacs mode: -*- nroff -*-
-.ig
-ditroff.man
+.TH DITROFF @MAN7EXT@ "@MDATE@" "Groff Version @VERSION@"
+.SH NAME
+ditroff \- classical device independent roff
+.
+.\" ditroff.man
+.
+.
+.de co
+Copyright \[co] 2001-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of groff, the GNU roff type-setting system.
-Copyright (C) 2001-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-written by Bernd Warken <address@hidden>
-maintained by Werner Lemberg <address@hidden>
-
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts.
A copy of the Free Documentation License is included as a file called
-FDL in the main directory of the groff source package.
+FDL in the main directory of the groff source package, it is also
+available on-line at the
+.UR http://\:www.gnu.org/\:copyleft/\:fdl.html
+GNU copyleft site
+.UE .
+..
+.de au
+It was written by
+.MT address@hidden:web.de
+Bernd Warken
+.ME
+and is maintained by
+.MT address@hidden:gnu.org
+Werner Lemberg
+.ME .
..
-.
-.
-.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.\" Title
-.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
-.TH DITROFF @MAN7EXT@ "@MDATE@" "Groff Version @VERSION@"
-.
-.
-.SH NAME
-ditroff \- classical device independent roff
-.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -57,31 +62,33 @@ program generated graphical output for exactly one output
device, the Wang
.I Graphic Systems CAT
typesetter.
.
+.
.P
In 1979, Brian Kernighan rewrote troff to support more devices by
creating an intermediate output format for troff that can be fed into
postprocessor programs which actually do the printout on the device.
.
-Kernighan's version marks what is known as
+Kernighan\[aq]s version marks what is known as
.I classical troff
today.
.
-In order to distinguish it from Ossanna's original mono-device version,
-it was called
+In order to distinguish it from Ossanna\[aq]s original mono-device
+version, it was called
.I ditroff
.RI ( d "evice " i "ndependent " troff )
-on some systems, though this naming isn't mentioned in the classical
-documentation.
+on some systems, though this naming isn\[aq]t mentioned in the
+classical documentation.
+.
.
.P
-Today, any existing roff system is based on Kernighan's multi-device
-troff.
+Today, any existing roff system is based on Kernighan\[aq]s
+multi-device troff.
.
The distinction between
.I troff
and
.I ditroff
-isn't necessary any longer, for each modern
+isn\[aq]t necessary any longer, for each modern
.I troff
provides already the complete functionality of
.IR ditroff .
@@ -91,6 +98,7 @@ On most systems, the name
is used to denote
.IR ditroff .
.
+.
.P
The easiest way to use ditroff is the GNU roff system,
.IR groff .
@@ -108,7 +116,7 @@ that automatically handles postprocessing.
.TP
.I [CSTR\~#54]
The 1992 revision of the
-.I Nroff/Troff User's Manual
+.I Nroff/Troff User\[aq]s Manual
by
.I J.\& F.\& Ossanna
and
@@ -150,32 +158,10 @@ multi-devicing.
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "COPYING"
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.co
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH "AUTHORS"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
-Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2004, 2007\(en2009, 2012
-Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.
-.P
-This document is distributed under the terms of the FDL (GNU Free
-Documentation License) version 1.3 or later.
-.
-You should have received a copy of the FDL on your system, it is also
-available on-line at the
-.UR http://\:www.gnu.org/\:copyleft/\:fdl.html
-GNU copyleft site
-.UE .
-.
-.P
-This document is part of
-.IR groff ,
-the GNU roff distribution.
-.
-It was written by
-.MT address@hidden:web.de
-Bernd Warken
-.ME
-and is maintained by
-.MT address@hidden:gnu.org
-Werner Lemberg
-.ME .
+.au
diff --git a/man/groff.man b/man/groff.man
index a0972e1..4cc24ef 100644
--- a/man/groff.man
+++ b/man/groff.man
@@ -1,37 +1,43 @@
'\" t
+.TH GROFF @MAN7EXT@ "@MDATE@" "Groff Version @VERSION@"
+.SH NAME
+groff \- a short reference for the GNU roff language
+.
.\" Before installation: <top-groff-source>/man/groff.man
.\" After installation: </usr or /usr/local>/share/man/man7/groff.7
.
-.de au
-This documentation was written by
-.MT address@hidden
-Bernd Warken
-.ME
-and is appended and maintained by
-.MT address@hidden
-Werner Lemberg
-.ME .
-..
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.\" Legalese
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
.de co
-.P
This file is part of groff, the GNU roff type-setting system.
-.P
-Copyright (C) 2000-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.P
+
+Copyright \[co] 2000-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts.
-.P
+
A copy of the Free Documentation License is included as a file called
-FDL in the main directory of the groff source package.
-.
-It is also available in the internet at
+FDL in the main directory of the groff source package. It is also
+available in the internet at
.UR http://\:www.gnu.org/\:copyleft/\:fdl.html
.UE .
..
.
+.de au
+This documentation was written by
+.MT address@hidden
+Bernd Warken
+.ME
+and is appended and maintained by
+.MT address@hidden
+Werner Lemberg
+.ME .
+..
+.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.\" Setup
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -235,15 +241,6 @@ It is also available in the internet at
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.\" Title
-.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
-.TH GROFF @MAN7EXT@ "@MDATE@" "Groff Version @VERSION@"
-.SH NAME
-groff \- a short reference for the GNU roff language
-.
-.
-.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH DESCRIPTION
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
@@ -257,12 +254,14 @@ See
.BR roff (@MAN7EXT@)
for a survey and the background of the groff system.
.
+.
.P
This document gives only short descriptions of the predefined roff
language elements as used in groff.
.
Both the classical features and the groff extensions are provided.
.
+.
.P
Historically, the
.I roff language
@@ -287,6 +286,7 @@ emphasizes the GNU extensions, and
.I roff
is the general term for the language.
.
+.
.P
This file is only a short version of the complete documentation that
is found in the
@@ -298,6 +298,7 @@ file, which contains more detailed, actual, and concise
information.
The general syntax for writing groff documents is relatively easy, but
writing extensions to the roff language can be a bit harder.
.
+.
.P
The roff language is line-oriented.
.
@@ -309,6 +310,7 @@ or a single quote
.dquoted_char \[aq] ;
all other lines are text lines.
.
+.
.P
.B Control lines
represent commands, optionally with arguments.
@@ -319,16 +321,17 @@ The leading control character can be followed by a
command name;
arguments, if any, are separated by spaces (but not tab characters)
from the command name and among themselves, for example,
.RS
-.
.P
.Text .command_name arg1 arg2
.RE
.
+.
.P
For indentation, any number of space or tab characters can be inserted
between the leading control character and the command name, but the
control character must be on the first position of the line.
.
+.
.P
.B Text lines
represent the parts that is printed.
@@ -347,6 +350,7 @@ or enclosed in brackets
and
.squoted_char ] .
.
+.
.P
The roff language provides flexible instruments for writing language
extension, such as macros.
@@ -355,6 +359,7 @@ When interpreting macro definitions, the roff system enters
a special
operating mode, called the
.BR "copy mode" .
.
+.
.P
The copy mode behaviour can be quite tricky, but there are some rules
that ensure a safe usage.
@@ -376,6 +381,7 @@ Double all backslashes.
Begin all text lines with the special non-spacing character
.esc & .
.
+.
.P
This does not produce the most efficient code, but it should work as a
first measure.
@@ -383,6 +389,7 @@ first measure.
For better strategies, see the groff info file and
.BR groff_tmac (@MAN5EXT@).
.
+.
.P
Reading roff source files is easier, just reduce all double backslashes
to a single one in all macro definitions.
@@ -397,6 +404,7 @@ The roff language elements add formatting information to a
text file.
The fundamental elements are predefined commands and variables that
make roff a full-blown programming language.
.
+.
.P
There are two kinds of roff commands, possibly with arguments.
.B Requests
@@ -410,6 +418,7 @@ are in-line functions and in-word formatting elements
starting with a
backslash
.squoted_char \[rs] .
.
+.
.P
The user can define her own formatting commands using the
.request de
@@ -422,9 +431,10 @@ but they are used exactly like requests.
Macro packages are pre-defined sets of macros written in the groff
language.
.
-A user's possibilities to create escape sequences herself is very
+A user\[aq]s possibilities to create escape sequences herself is very
limited, only special characters can be mapped.
.
+.
.P
The groff language provides several kinds of variables with
different interfaces.
@@ -432,6 +442,7 @@ different interfaces.
There are pre-defined variables, but the user can define her own
variables as well.
.
+.
.P
.B String
variables store character sequences.
@@ -444,6 +455,7 @@ escape sequences.
.
Strings can have variables.
.
+.
.P
.B Register
variables can store numerical values, numbers with a scale unit, and
@@ -455,6 +467,7 @@ request and retrieved by the
.esc n
escape sequences.
.
+.
.P
.B Environments
allow the user to temporarily store global formatting parameters like
@@ -464,6 +477,7 @@ This is done by the
.request ev
request.
.
+.
.P
.B Fonts
are identified either by a name or by an internal number.
@@ -498,6 +512,7 @@ and
.BR CB .
On text devices, all glyphs have a constant width anyway.
.
+.
.P
.B Glyphs
are visual representation forms of
@@ -506,14 +521,15 @@ In groff, the distinction between those two elements is
not always
obvious (and a full discussion is beyond the scope of this man page).
.
A first approximation is that glyphs have a specific size and
-colour and are taken from a specific font; they can't be modified any
+colour and are taken from a specific font; they can\[aq]t be modified any
more \[en] characters are the input, and glyphs are the output.
.
As soon as an output line has been generated, it no longer contains
characters but glyphs.
.
-In this man page, we use either `glyph' or `character', whatever is
-more appropriate.
+In this man page, we use either \[oq]glyph\[cq] or
+\[oq]character\[cq], whatever is more appropriate.
+.
.
.P
Moreover, there are some advanced roff elements.
@@ -530,6 +546,7 @@ or in a diversion or in the input.
Some action can be prescribed to be run automatically when the
condition is met.
.
+.
.P
More detailed information and examples can be found in the groff info
file.
@@ -559,6 +576,7 @@ request, the control character can be set to a different
character,
making the dot
.squoted_char .
a non-special character.
+.
.IP ""
In all other positions, it just means a dot character.
.
@@ -573,7 +591,7 @@ At the beginning of a line and in the conditional requests
it is the
non-breaking control character.
.
That means that it introduces a request like the dot, but with the
-additional property that this request doesn't cause a linebreak.
+additional property that this request doesn\[aq]t cause a linebreak.
.
By using the
.request c2
@@ -626,6 +644,7 @@ A printed version of the escape character is the
.esc e
escape; a backslash glyph can be obtained by
.esc (rs .
+.
.TP
\&\f[CB](\f[]
The open parenthesis is only special in escape sequences when
@@ -633,18 +652,21 @@ introducing an escape name or argument consisting of
exactly two
characters.
.
In groff, this behaviour can be replaced by the \f[CB][]\f[] construct.
+.
.TP
\&\f[CB][\f[]
The opening bracket is only special in groff escape sequences; there
it is used to introduce a long escape name or long escape argument.
.
Otherwise, it is non-special, e.g.\& in macro calls.
+.
.TP
\&\f[CB]]\f[]
The closing bracket is only special in groff escape sequences; there
it terminates a long escape name or long escape argument.
.
Otherwise, it is non-special.
+.
.TP
\f[CI]space\f[]
Space characters are only functional characters.
@@ -652,7 +674,7 @@ Space characters are only functional characters.
They separate the arguments in requests, macros, and strings, and the words
in text lines.
.
-They are subject to groff's horizontal spacing calculations.
+They are subject to groff\[aq]s horizontal spacing calculations.
.
To get a defined space width, escape sequences like
.squoted_char "\[rs]\ "
@@ -670,6 +692,7 @@ Continuation lines can be specified by an escaped newline,
i.e., by
specifying a backslash
.squoted_char \[rs]
as the last character of a line.
+.
.IP \f[CI]tab\f[]
If a tab character occurs during text the interpreter makes a
horizontal jump to the next pre-defined tab position.
@@ -695,6 +718,7 @@ A number followed by a scaling indicator signifies a size
value.
By default, numerical values do not have a scaling indicator, i.e., they
are normal numbers.
.
+.
.P
The
.I roff
@@ -724,7 +748,7 @@ Point\ \[eq]\ 1/72\ inch
.TPx
.B m
Em\ \[eq]\ \f[R]the font size in points (approx.\& width of letter
-`\f[CR]m\f[R]')
+\[oq]\f[CR]m\f[R]\[cq])
.
.TPx
.B M
@@ -750,11 +774,13 @@ Scale by 65536.
.RE
.PD
.
+.
.P
.B Numerical expressions
are combinations of the numerical values defined above with the
following arithmetical operators already defined in classical troff.
.
+.
.P
.PD 0
.RS
@@ -826,11 +852,13 @@ Close current grouping
.RE
.PD
.
+.
.P
Moreover,
.I groff
added the following operators for numerical expressions:
.
+.
.P
.PD 0
.RS
@@ -860,6 +888,7 @@ as the default scaling indicator.
.RE
.PD
.
+.
.P
For details see the groff info file.
.
@@ -879,6 +908,7 @@ requests.
The following table characterizes the different types of conditions.
.
.P
+.
.PD 0
.RS
.
@@ -961,6 +991,8 @@ has been registered.
.
.RE
.PD
+.
+.
.P
Note that the
.B !
@@ -980,12 +1012,14 @@ In groff, request, macro, and string names can be
arbitrarily long.
.
No bracketing or marking of long names is needed.
.
+.
.P
Most requests take one or more arguments.
.
The arguments are separated by space characters (no tabs!); there is
no inherent limit for their length or number.
.
+.
.P
Some requests have optional arguments with a different behaviour.
.
@@ -995,12 +1029,14 @@ Refer to the groff info file and
.BR groff_diff (@MAN7EXT@)
for all details.
.
+.
.P
In the following request specifications, most argument names were
chosen to be descriptive.
.
Only the following denotations need clarification.
.
+.
.P
.PD 0
.RS
@@ -1035,6 +1071,7 @@ has three meanings depending on its sign, described below.
.RE
.PD
.
+.
.P
If an expression defined as
.I \[+-]N
@@ -1048,6 +1085,7 @@ If the expression starts with a
.squoted_char -
the value of the expression is subtracted from the request value.
.
+.
.P
Without a sign,
.I N
@@ -1439,7 +1477,7 @@ or as a string of four-digit hexadecimal components with
two leading
.BR # .
The color
.B default
-can't be redefined.
+can\[aq]t be redefined.
.
.TPx
.REQ .dei "macro"
@@ -1689,7 +1727,7 @@ to
.
.TPx
.REQ .fzoom "font"
-Don't magnify
+Don\[aq]t magnify
.IR font .
.
.TPx
@@ -2553,6 +2591,7 @@ to the stream named
.
.PD
.
+.
.P
Besides these standard groff requests, there might be further macro
calls.
@@ -2560,11 +2599,13 @@ They can originate from a macro package (see
.BR roff (@MAN7EXT@)
for an overview) or from a preprocessor.
.
+.
.P
Preprocessor macros are easy to be recognized.
.
They enclose their code into a pair of characteristic macros.
.
+.
.P
.TS
box, center, tab (@);
@@ -2605,6 +2646,7 @@ the argument (without an intervening separation
character).
So there must be a way to determine the end of the escape name and the
end of the argument.
.
+.
.P
This is done by enclosing names (escape name and arguments consisting
of a variable name) by a pair of brackets
@@ -2613,6 +2655,7 @@ and constant arguments (number expressions and
characters) by
apostrophes (ASCII 0x27) like
.BI \[cq] constant \[cq] \f[R].
.
+.
.P
There are abbreviations for short names.
.
@@ -2632,16 +2675,18 @@ can even be specified without a marker, for example
or
.esc $ c.
.
+.
.P
Constant arguments of length\~1 can omit the marker apostrophes, too,
but there is no two-character analogue.
.
+.
.P
While one-character escape sequences are mainly used for in-line
functions and system related tasks, the two-letter names following the
.esc (
construct are glyphs predefined by the roff system; these are called
-`Special Characters' in the classical documentation.
+\[oq]Special Characters\[cq] in the classical documentation.
.
Escapes sequences of the form
.esc[] "" name
@@ -2761,13 +2806,13 @@ or even better
to be independent from the current escape character.
.
.TP
-.ESC \[cq]
+.ESC \[aa]
The acute accent \[aa]; same as
.esc (aa .
Unescaped: apostrophe, right quotation mark, single quote (ASCII 0x27).
.
.TP
-.ESC `
+.ESC \[ga]
The grave accent \[ga]; same as
.esc (ga .
Unescaped: left quote, backquote (ASCII 0x60).
@@ -2784,9 +2829,8 @@ the underline character.
.
.TP
.ESC .
-The same as a dot (`.').
-Necessary in nested macro definitions so that `\[rs]\[rs]..' expands to
-`..'.
+The same as a dot (\[oq].\[cq]). Necessary in nested macro
+definitions so that \[oq]\[rs]\[rs]..\[cq] expands to \[oq]..\[cq].
.
.TP
.ESC %
@@ -3287,6 +3331,7 @@ and then restore the horizontal and vertical position;
.I anything
may not contain tabs or leaders.
.
+.
.PD
.P
The escape sequences
@@ -3303,6 +3348,7 @@ and
.escarg \& newline
are interpreted in copy mode.
.
+.
.P
Escape sequences starting with
.esc (
@@ -3311,6 +3357,7 @@ or
do not represent single character escape sequences, but introduce escape
names with two or more characters.
.
+.
.P
If a backslash is followed by a character that does not constitute a
defined escape sequence, the backslash is silently ignored and the
@@ -3321,8 +3368,9 @@ character maps to itself.
.SS "Special Characters"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
-[Note: `Special Characters' is a misnomer; those entities are (output)
-glyphs, not (input) characters.]
+[Note: \[oq]Special Characters\[cq] is a misnomer; those entities are
+(output) glyphs, not (input) characters.]
+.
.
.P
Common special characters are predefined by escape sequences of the
@@ -3355,26 +3403,32 @@ complete list can be found in
.ESC (Do
Dollar
.B \(Do
+.
.TP
.ESC (Eu
Euro
.B \(Eu
+.
.TP
.ESC (Po
British pound sterling
.B \(Po
+.
.TP
.ESC (aq
Apostrophe quote
.B \(aq
+.
.TP
.ESC (bu
Bullet sign
.B \(bu
+.
.TP
.ESC (co
Copyright
.B \(co
+.
.TP
.ESC (cq
Single closing quote (right)
@@ -3383,94 +3437,117 @@ Single closing quote (right)
.ESC (ct
Cent
.B \(ct
+.
.TP
.ESC (dd
Double dagger
.B \(dd
+.
.TP
.ESC (de
Degree
.B \(de
+.
.TP
.ESC (dg
Dagger
.B \(dg
+.
.TP
.ESC (dq
Double quote (ASCII 34)
.B \(dq
+.
.TP
.ESC (em
Em-dash
.B \(em
+.
.TP
.ESC (en
En-dash
.B \(en
+.
.TP
.ESC (hy
Hyphen
.B \(hy
+.
.TP
.ESC (lq
Double quote left
.B \(lq
+.
.TP
.ESC (oq
Single opening quote (left)
.B \(oq
+.
.TP
.ESC (rg
Registered sign
.B \(rg
+.
.TP
.ESC (rq
Double quote right
.B \(rq
+.
.TP
.ESC (rs
Printable backslash character
.B \(rs
+.
.TP
.ESC (sc
Section sign
.B \(sc
+.
.TP
.ESC (tm
Trademark symbol
.B \(tm
+.
.TP
.ESC (ul
Underline character
.B \(ul
+.
.TP
.ESC (==
Identical
.B \(==
+.
.TP
.ESC (>=
Larger or equal
.B \(>=
+.
.TP
.ESC (<=
Less or equal
.B \(<=
+.
.TP
.ESC (!=
Not equal
.B \(!=
+.
.TP
.ESC (->
Right arrow
.B \(->
+.
.TP
.ESC (<-
Left arrow
.B \(<-
+.
.TP
.ESC (+-
Plus-minus sign
.B \(+-
+.
.PD
.RE
.
@@ -3534,6 +3611,7 @@ is
.I "A acute"
.BR \['A] .
.
+.
.P
The availability of the Unicode characters depends on the used font.
.
@@ -3557,6 +3635,7 @@ request and can be retrieved by the
.esc *
escape sequence.
.
+.
.P
Strings share their name space with macros.
.
@@ -3582,17 +3661,20 @@ In groff, most registers store numerical values (see
section
.B NUMERICAL EXPRESSIONS
above), but some can also hold a string value.
.
+.
.P
Each register is given a name.
Arbitrary registers can be defined and set with the
.request nr
request.
.
+.
.P
The value stored in a register can be retrieved by the escape sequences
introduced by
.esc n .
.
+.
.P
Most useful are predefined registers.
.
@@ -3618,6 +3700,7 @@ read-only).
Mostly, they provide information on the current settings or store
results from request calls.
.
+.
.P
.PD 0
.
@@ -3652,8 +3735,8 @@ is active.
.
.TPx
.REG .br
-Within a macro, set to\~1 if macro called with the `normal' control
-character, and to\~0 otherwise.
+Within a macro, set to\~1 if macro called with the \[oq]normal\[cq]
+control character, and to\~0 otherwise.
.
.TPx
.REG .c
@@ -4027,6 +4110,7 @@ The following registers can be read and written by the
user.
They have predefined default values, but these can be modified for
customizing a document.
.
+.
.P
.PD 0
.TPx
@@ -4240,7 +4324,7 @@ So this request is not really useful.
.SS Underlining with .UL from ms
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
-In the `ms' macro package in tmac/s.tmac
+In the \[oq]ms\[cq] macro package in tmac/s.tmac
.BR groff_ms (@MAN7EXT@),
there is the macro
.BR .UL .
@@ -4294,7 +4378,7 @@ to
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SS Underlining without macro definitions
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.P
+.
If one does not want to use macro definitions, e.g. when
.B doclifter
gets lost, use the following:
@@ -4353,7 +4437,6 @@ after
.SS Underlining with Overstriking \ez and \e(ul
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
-.P
There is another possibility for underlining by using overstriking
with
.BI \ez c
@@ -4408,6 +4491,7 @@ t after
.EE
.RE
.
+.
.P
The result looks like
.RS
@@ -4430,6 +4514,7 @@ as defined by
are documented in
.BR groff_diff (@MAN7EXT@).
.
+.
.P
The groff system provides a compatibility mode, see
.BR groff (@MAN1EXT@)
@@ -4452,7 +4537,6 @@ be reproduced, and say which version of groff you are
using.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
-.P
The main source of information for the groff language is the
.B groff
.BR info (1)
@@ -4488,7 +4572,7 @@ pointers to further documentation.
.TP
.I [CSTR\~#54]
.UR http://\:cm.bell-labs.com/\:cm/\:cs/\:cstr/\:54.ps.gz
-Nroff/\:Troff User's Manual by Ossanna & Kernighan
+Nroff/\:Troff User\[aq]s Manual by Ossanna & Kernighan
.UE
\[em] the bible for classical troff.
.
diff --git a/man/groff_char.man b/man/groff_char.man
index 1fbc66f..54aadda 100644
--- a/man/groff_char.man
+++ b/man/groff_char.man
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
.TH GROFF_CHAR @MAN7EXT@ "@MDATE@" "@VERSION@"
.SH NAME
groff_char \- groff glyph names
-.SH DESCRIPTION
+.
.\" The lines above were designed to satisfy `apropos'.
.
.\" For best results, format this document with `groff' (GNU roff).
@@ -16,6 +16,25 @@ groff_char \- groff glyph names
.\" Legal terms
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
+.de co
+Copyright \(co 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of groff (GNU roff), which is a free software project.
+
+You can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
+General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation,
+either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
+version.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.
+.
+If not, see
+.UR http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-2.0.html
+GPL2
+.UE .
+..
+.
.de au
This document was written by
.MT address@hidden
@@ -36,27 +55,6 @@ Eric S. Raymond
.ME .
..
.
-.de co
-Copyright \(co 1989\-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.
-.P
-This file is part of groff (GNU roff), which is a free software project.
-.
-You can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
-General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation,
-either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
-version.
-.
-.P
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program.
-.
-If not, see
-.UR http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-2.0.html
-GPL2
-.UE .
-..
-.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.\" Setup
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -79,24 +77,24 @@ GPL2
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.\" .SH DESCRIPTION
+.SH DESCRIPTION
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
This manual page lists the standard
.B groff
glyph names and the default input mapping, \%latin1.
.
-The glyphs in this document look different depending
-on which output device was chosen (with option
+The glyphs in this document look different depending on which output
+device was chosen (with option
.B \-T
for the
.BR man (1)
program or the roff formatter).
.
-Glyphs not available for the device that
-is being used to print or view this manual page are marked with
-.ie \n(.g `(N/A)'; the device currently used is `\*(.T'.
-.el `(N/A)'.
+Glyphs not available for the device that is being used to print or
+view this manual page are marked with
+.ie \n(.g \[oq](N/A)\[cq]; the device currently used is \[oq]\*(.T\[cq].
+.el \[oq](N/A)\[cq].
.
.
.P
@@ -105,9 +103,10 @@ In the actual version,
provides only \%8-bit characters for direct input and named entities
for further glyphs.
.
-On ASCII platforms, input character codes in the range 0 to 127 (decimal)
-represent the usual \%7-bit ASCII characters, while codes between 127
-and 255 are interpreted as the corresponding characters in the
+On ASCII platforms, input character codes in the range 0 to 127
+(decimal) represent the usual \%7-bit ASCII characters, while codes
+between 127 and 255 are interpreted as the corresponding characters in
+the
.I \%latin1
.RI ( \%ISO-8859-1 )
code set by default.
@@ -142,14 +141,15 @@ Some of the predefined groff escape sequences (with names
of length\ 1)
also produce single glyphs; these exist for historical reasons or
are printable versions of syntactical characters.
.
-They include `\f(CW\e\e\fP', `\f(CW\e\'\fP', `\f(CW\e`\fP', `\f(CW\e-\fP',
-`\f(CW\e.\fP', and `\f(CW\ee\fP'; see
+They include \[oq]\f(CW\e\e\fP\[cq], \[oq]\f(CW\e\'\fP\[cq],
+\[oq]\f(CW\e`\fP\[cq], \[oq]\f(CW\e-\fP\[cq], \[oq]\f(CW\e.\fP\[cq],
+and \[oq]\f(CW\ee\fP\[cq]; see
.BR groff (@MAN7EXT@).
.
.
.P
In groff, all of these different types of characters and glyphs can be
-tested positively with the `\f(CW.if\ c\fP' conditional.
+tested positively with the \[oq]\f(CW.if\ c\fP\[cq] conditional.
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -217,7 +217,8 @@ They are identical to the printable characters of the
character standards \%ISO-8859-1 (\%latin1) and Unicode (range
.IR "Basic Latin" ).
.
-The glyph names used in composite glyph names are `u0020' up to `u007E'.
+The glyph names used in composite glyph names are \[oq]u0020\[cq] up
+to \[oq]u007E\[cq].
.
.
.P
@@ -254,32 +255,36 @@ themselves; the only exceptions are the following
characters:
.
.TP
.B \`
-the ISO \%latin1 `Grave Accent' (code\ 96) prints as `, a left single
-quotation mark; the original character can be obtained with `\f(CW\e`\fP'.
+the ISO \%latin1 \[oq]Grave Accent\[cq] (code\ 96) prints as \[oq], a
+left single quotation mark; the original character can be obtained
+with \[oq]\f(CW\e`\fP\[cq].
.
.
.TP
.B \*(aq
-the ISO \%latin1 `Apostrophe' (code\ 39) prints as ', a right single
-quotation mark; the original character can be obtained with `\f(CW\e(aq\fP'.
+the ISO \%latin1 \[oq]Apostrophe\[cq] (code\ 39) prints as ', a right
+single quotation mark; the original character can be obtained with
+\[oq]\f(CW\e(aq\fP\[cq].
.
.
.TP
.B -
-the ISO \%latin1 `Hyphen, Minus Sign' (code\ 45) prints as a hyphen; a
-minus sign can be obtained with `\f(CW\e-\fP'.
+the ISO \%latin1 \[oq]Hyphen, Minus Sign\[cq] (code\ 45) prints as a
+hyphen; a minus sign can be obtained with \[oq]\f(CW\e-\fP\[cq].
.
.
.TP
.B ~
-the ISO \%latin1 `Tilde' (code\ 126) is reduced in size to be usable as
-a diacritic; a larger glyph can be obtained with `\f(CW\e(ti\fP'.
+the ISO \%latin1 \[oq]Tilde\[cq] (code\ 126) is reduced in size to be
+usable as a diacritic; a larger glyph can be obtained with
+\[oq]\f(CW\e(ti\fP\[cq].
.
.
.TP
.B ^
-the ISO \%latin1 `Circumflex Accent' (code\ 94) is reduced in size to be
-usable as a diacritic; a larger glyph can be obtained with `\f(CW\e(ha\fP'.
+the ISO \%latin1 \[oq]Circumflex Accent\[cq] (code\ 94) is reduced in
+size to be usable as a diacritic; a larger glyph can be obtained with
+\[oq]\f(CW\e(ha\fP\[cq].
.
.
.P
@@ -336,8 +341,8 @@ code set, being identical to the Unicode range
.
.
.P
-Input characters in range 128\-159 (on non-EBCDIC hosts) are not printable
-characters.
+Input characters in range 128\-159 (on non-EBCDIC hosts) are not
+printable characters.
.
.
.TP
@@ -345,7 +350,8 @@ characters.
.
the ISO \%latin1
.I no-break space
-is mapped to `\f(CW\e\(ti\fP', the stretchable space character.
+is mapped to \[oq]\f(CW\e\(ti\fP\[cq], the stretchable space
+character.
.
.
.TP
@@ -354,8 +360,8 @@ is mapped to `\f(CW\e\(ti\fP', the stretchable space
character.
the soft hyphen control character.
.
.B groff
-never uses this character for output (thus it is omitted in the
-table below); the input character\ 173 is mapped onto `\f(CW\e%\fP'.
+never uses this character for output (thus it is omitted in the table
+below); the input character\ 173 is mapped onto \[oq]\f(CW\e%\fP\[cq].
.
.
.P
@@ -496,13 +502,14 @@ A glyph having the name
.I char_name
(having length 1, 2, 3, \&.\|.\|.).
.
-Note that `\fIc\fP' is not the same as
-`\f(CW\e[\fP\,\fIc\/\fP\f(CW]\fP' (\,\fIc\fP\ a single character):
-The latter is internally mapped to glyph name `\e\fIc\fP'.
+Note that \[oq]\fIc\fP\[cq] is not the same as
+\[oq]\f(CW\e[\fP\,\fIc\/\fP\f(CW]\fP\[cq] (\,\fIc\fP\ a single
+character): The latter is internally mapped to glyph name
+\[oq]\e\fIc\fP\[cq].
.
-By default, groff defines a single glyph name starting with a backslash,
-namely \%`\e-', which can be either accessed as `\f(CW\e\-\fP' or
-`\f(CW\e[-]\fP'.
+By default, groff defines a single glyph name starting with a
+backslash, namely \%\[oq]\e-\[cq], which can be either accessed as
+\[oq]\f(CW\e\-\fP\[cq] or \[oq]\f(CW\e[-]\fP\[cq].
.
.TP
\f(CW\e[\fP\,\fIbase_glyph composite_1 composite_2 \&.\|.\|.\/\fP\f(CW]\fP
@@ -511,7 +518,7 @@ A composite glyph; see below for a more detailed
description.
.
.P
In groff, each \%8-bit input character can also referred to by the construct
-`\f(CW\e[char\fP\,\fIn\/\fP\f(CW]\fP' where
+\[oq]\f(CW\e[char\fP\,\fIn\/\fP\f(CW]\fP\[cq] where
.I n
is the decimal code of the character, a number between 0 and\ 255
without leading zeros (those entities are
@@ -527,14 +534,16 @@ Moreover, new glyph names can be created by the
\f(CW.char\fP request; see
.BR groff (@MAN7EXT@).
.
.P
-In the following, a plus sign in the `Notes' column indicates that this
-particular glyph name appears in the PS version of the original troff
-documentation, CSTR\ 54.
+In the following, a plus sign in the \[oq]Notes\[cq] column indicates
+that this particular glyph name appears in the PS version of the
+original troff documentation, CSTR\ 54.
.
.P
-Entries marked with `***' denote glyphs for mathematical purposes (mainly
-used for DVI output). Normally, such glyphs have metrics which make them
-unusable in normal text.
+Entries marked with \[oq]***\[cq] denote glyphs for mathematical
+purposes (mainly used for DVI output).
+.
+Normally, such glyphs have metrics which make them unusable in normal
+text.
.
.
.P
@@ -727,14 +736,14 @@ _
The extensible bracket pieces are font-invariant glyphs.
.
In classical troff only one glyph was available to vertically extend
-brackets, braces, and parentheses: `bv'.
+brackets, braces, and parentheses: \[oq]bv\[cq].
.
We map it rather arbitrarily to u23AA.
.
.P
Note that not all devices contain extensible bracket pieces which can
-be piled up with `\f(CW\eb\fP' due to the restrictions of the escape's
-piling algorithm.
+be piled up with \[oq]\f(CW\eb\fP\[cq] due to the restrictions of the
+escape\[aq]s piling algorithm.
.
A general solution to build brackets out of pieces is the following
macro:
@@ -743,10 +752,10 @@ macro:
.nf
.RS
.ft C
-\&.\e" Make a pile centered vertically 0.5em
-\&.\e" above the baseline.
-\&.\e" The first argument is placed at the top.
-\&.\e" The pile is returned in string `pile'
+\&.\e" Make a pile centered vertically 0.5em\""
+\&.\e" above the baseline.\""
+\&.\e" The first argument is placed at the top.\""
+\&.\e" The pile is returned in string `pile'\""
\&.eo
\&.de pile-make
\&. nr pile-wd 0
@@ -757,16 +766,16 @@ macro:
\&. while \en[pile-#] \e{\e
\&. nr pile-wd (\en[pile-wd] >? \ew'\e$[\en[pile-#]]')
\&. nr pile-ht +(\en[rst] - \en[rsb])
-\&. as pile-args \ev'\en[rsb]u'\e"
-\&. as pile-args \eZ'\e$[\en[pile-#]]'\e"
-\&. as pile-args \ev'-\en[rst]u'\e"
+\&. as pile-args \ev'\en[rsb]u'\e"\""
+\&. as pile-args \eZ'\e$[\en[pile-#]]'\e"\""
+\&. as pile-args \ev'-\en[rst]u'\e"\""
\&. nr pile-# -1
\&. \e}
\&.
-\&. ds pile \ev'(-0.5m + (\en[pile-ht]u / 2u))'\e"
-\&. as pile \e*[pile-args]\e"
-\&. as pile \ev'((\en[pile-ht]u / 2u) + 0.5m)'\e"
-\&. as pile \eh'\en[pile-wd]u'\e"
+\&. ds pile \ev'(-0.5m + (\en[pile-ht]u / 2u))'\e"\""
+\&. as pile \e*[pile-args]\e"\""
+\&. as pile \ev'((\en[pile-ht]u / 2u) + 0.5m)'\e"\""
+\&. as pile \eh'\en[pile-wd]u'\e"\""
\&..
\&.ec
.ft
@@ -774,14 +783,17 @@ macro:
.fi
.
.P
-Another complication is the fact that some glyphs which represent bracket
-pieces in original troff can be used for other mathematical symbols also,
-for example `lf' and `rf' which provide the `floor' operator.
+Another complication is the fact that some glyphs which represent
+bracket pieces in original troff can be used for other mathematical
+symbols also, for example \[oq]lf\[cq] and \[oq]rf\[cq] which provide
+the \[oq]floor\[cq] operator.
.
-Other devices (most notably for DVI output) don't unify such glyphs.
+Other devices (most notably for DVI output) don\[aq]t unify such
+glyphs.
.
-For this reason, the four glyphs `lf', `rf', `lc', and `rc' are not
-unified with similarly looking bracket pieces.
+For this reason, the four glyphs \[oq]lf\[cq], \[oq]rf\[cq],
+\[o]lc\[cq], and \[oq]rc\[cq] are not unified with similarly looking
+bracket pieces.
.
In
.BR groff ,
@@ -861,18 +873,18 @@ _
.P
.I Lines
.P
-The font-invariant glyphs `br', `ul', and `rn' form corners;
-they can be used to build boxes.
+The font-invariant glyphs \[oq]br\[cq], \[oq]ul\[cq], and \[oq]rn\[cq]
+form corners; they can be used to build boxes.
.
Note that both the PostScript and the Unicode-derived names of
these three glyphs are just rough approximations.
.
.P
-`rn' also serves in classical troff as the horizontal extension of the
-square root sign.
+\[oq]rn\[cq] also serves in classical troff as the horizontal
+extension of the square root sign.
.
.P
-`ru' is a font-invariant glyph, namely a rule of length 0.5m.
+\[oq]ru\[cq] is a font-invariant glyph, namely a rule of length 0.5m.
.
.P
.na
@@ -892,8 +904,8 @@ _
.ad
.
.P
-Use `\f(CW\e[radicalex]\fP', not `\f(CW\e[overline]\fP', for
-continuation of square root.
+Use \[oq]\f(CW\e[radicalex]\fP\[cq], not
+\[oq]\f(CW\e[overline]\fP\[cq], for continuation of square root.
.
.P
.I Text markers
@@ -986,7 +998,7 @@ _
\[AN] \e[AN] logicaland u2227 logical and
\[OR] \e[OR] logicalor u2228 logical or
\[no] \e[no] logicalnot u00AC logical not
-\[tno] \e[tno] logicalnot u00AC text variant of `no'
+\[tno] \e[tno] logicalnot u00AC text variant of \[oq]no\[cq]
\[te] \e[te] existential u2203 there exists
\[fa] \e[fa] universal u2200 for all
\[st] \e[st] suchthat u220B sucht that
@@ -1022,12 +1034,12 @@ _
\[t+-] \e[t+-] plusminus u00B1 text variant of plus-minus
\[pc] \e[pc] periodcentered u00B7 period centered
\[md] \e[md] dotmath u22C5 multiplication dot
-\[mu] \e[mu] multiply u00D7 `mu', multiply
-\[tmu] \e[tmu] multiply u00D7 text variant of multiply, `mu'
+\[mu] \e[mu] multiply u00D7 \[oq]mu\[cq], multiply
+\[tmu] \e[tmu] multiply u00D7 text variant of multiply, \[oq]mu\[cq]
\[c*] \e[c*] circlemultiply u2297 multiply sign in a circle
\[c+] \e[c+] circleplus u2295 plus in a circle
-\[di] \e[di] divide u00F7 division, `di'
-\[tdi] \e[tdi] divide u00F7 text variant of division, `di'
+\[di] \e[di] divide u00F7 division, \[oq]di\[cq]
+\[tdi] \e[tdi] divide u00F7 text variant of division, \[oq]di\[cq]
\[f/] \e[f/] fraction u2044 bar for fractions
\[**] \e[**] asteriskmath u2217 mathematical asterisk
@@ -1104,17 +1116,18 @@ Starting with Unicode\ 3.0, the reference glyphs have
been exchanged and
described verbally also: In mathematical context, U+03D5 is the stroked
variant and U+03C6 the curly glyph.
.
-Unfortunately, most font vendors didn't update their fonts to
+Unfortunately, most font vendors didn\[aq]t update their fonts to
this (incompatible) change in Unicode.
.
-At the time of this writing (January 2006), it is not clear yet whether
-the Adobe Glyph Names `phi' and `phi1' also change its meaning if used for
-mathematics, thus compatibility problems are likely to happen \(en being
-conservative, groff currently assumes that `phi' in a PostScript symbol
-font is the stroked version.
+At the time of this writing (January 2006), it is not clear yet
+whether the Adobe Glyph Names \[oq]phi\[cq] and \[oq]phi1\[cq] also
+change its meaning if used for mathematics, thus compatibility
+problems are likely to happen \[en] being conservative, groff
+currently assumes that \[oq]phi\[cq] in a PostScript symbol font is
+the stroked version.
.P
-In groff, symbol `\f(CW\e[*f]\fP' always denotes the stroked version of
-phi, and `\f(CW\e[+f]\fP' the curly variant.
+In groff, symbol \[oq]\f(CW\e[*f]\fP\[cq] always denotes the stroked
+version of phi, and \[oq]\f(CW\e[+f]\fP\[cq] the curly variant.
.P
.na
.TS
diff --git a/man/groff_diff.man b/man/groff_diff.man
index fc40b5e..8aee878 100644
--- a/man/groff_diff.man
+++ b/man/groff_diff.man
@@ -9,23 +9,8 @@ groff_diff \- differences between GNU troff and classical troff
.\" Installed position: <prefix>/share/man/man7/groff_diff.7
.
.
-.de au
-This document was written by
-.MT address@hidden
-James Clark
-.ME ,
-was modified by
-.MT address@hidden
-Werner Lemberg
-.ME
-and
-.MT address@hidden
-Bernd Warken
-.ME .
-..
-.
.de co
-Copyright (C) 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
.
.P
This file is part of groff, the GNU roff type-setting system.
@@ -45,6 +30,21 @@ GNU FDL license
.UE .
..
.
+.de au
+This document was written by
+.MT address@hidden
+James Clark
+.ME ,
+was modified by
+.MT address@hidden
+Werner Lemberg
+.ME
+and
+.MT address@hidden
+Bernd Warken
+.ME .
+..
+.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.\" Local definitions
@@ -64,11 +64,6 @@ GNU FDL license
.\" ellipsis
.ds ellipsis \&.\|.\|.\&
.
-.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.\" Title
-.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
-.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -82,14 +77,16 @@ text processing system, and the classical
.I roff
formatter of the freely available Unix\~7 of the 1970s, documented in
the
-.I Troff User's Manual
+.I Troff User\[aq]s Manual
by
.I Ossanna
and
.IR Kernighan .
+.
This includes the roff language as well as the intermediate output
format (troff output).
.
+.
.P
The section
.I SEE ALSO
@@ -118,9 +115,10 @@ are described in detail.
The names of number registers, fonts, strings/\:macros/\:diversions,
special characters (glyphs), and colors can be of any length.
.
-In escape sequences, additionally to the classical `\fB(\fP\fIxx\fP'
-construction for a two-character glyph name, you can use
-`\fB[\fP\,\fIxxx\/\fP\fB]\fP' for a name of arbitrary length.
+In escape sequences, additionally to the classical
+\[oq]\fB(\fP\fIxx\fP\[cq] construction for a two-character glyph name,
+you can use \[oq]\fB[\fP\,\fIxxx\/\fP\fB]\fP\[cq] for a name of
+arbitrary length.
.
.TP
.BI \[rs][ xxx ]
@@ -131,8 +129,8 @@ Print the special character (glyph) called
.BI \[rs][ "comp1 comp2 \*[ellipsis]" ]
Print composite glyph consisting of multiple components.
.
-Example: `\[rs][A\~ho]' is capital letter A with ogonek which finally maps
-to glyph name `u0041_0328'.
+Example: \[oq]\[rs][A\~ho]\[cq] is capital letter A with ogonek which
+finally maps to glyph name \[oq]u0041_0328\[cq].
.
See the
.I groff info file
@@ -201,6 +199,7 @@ escape sequence, and those variants of the
.B \[rs]s
escape sequence that take a numeric expression as their argument.
.
+.
.P
For example, suppose sizescale is 1000; then a scaled point is
equivalent to a millipoint; the call
@@ -210,6 +209,7 @@ is equivalent to
and so sets the point size to 10250 scaled points, which is equal to
10.25 points.
.
+.
.P
The number register
.B \[rs]n[.s]
@@ -219,6 +219,7 @@ There is also a new number register
.B \[rs]n[.ps]
that returns the point size in scaled points.
.
+.
.P
It would make no sense to use the
.BR z \~\c
@@ -263,6 +264,7 @@ scale indicators.
.
Spaces are permitted in a number expression within parentheses.
.
+.
.P
.B M
indicates a scale of 100ths of an em.
@@ -316,6 +318,7 @@ depending on whether
.I anything
is or is not acceptable as the name of a string, macro, diversion, number
register, environment, font, or color.
+.
It returns\~\c
.B 0
if
@@ -393,7 +396,7 @@ request.
.B \[rs]F[]
switches back to the previous font family (note that
.B \[rs]FP
-won't work; it selects font family `P' instead).
+won\[aq]t work; it selects font family \[oq]P\[cq] instead).
.
.TP
.BI \[rs]m x
@@ -847,9 +850,9 @@ Similar to
.BR .am ,
but compatibility mode is switched off during execution.
.
-To be more precise, a `compatibility save' token is inserted at the
-beginning of the macro addition, and a `compatibility restore' token at
-the end.
+To be more precise, a \[oq]compatibility save\[cq] token is inserted
+at the beginning of the macro addition, and a \[oq]compatibility
+restore\[cq] token at the end.
.
As a consequence, the requests
.BR am ,
@@ -883,8 +886,9 @@ Similar to
.BR .as ,
but compatibility mode is switched off during expansion.
.
-To be more precise, a `compatibility save' token is inserted at the
-beginning of the string, and a `compatibility restore' token at the end.
+To be more precise, a \[oq]compatibility save\[cq] token is inserted
+at the beginning of the string, and a \[oq]compatibility restore\[cq]
+token at the end.
.
As a consequence, the requests
.BR as ,
@@ -900,7 +904,7 @@ and
.
.TP
.BI .asciify\ xx
-This request `unformats' the diversion
+This request \[oq]unformats\[cq] the diversion
.I xx
in such a way that
.SM ASCII
@@ -1060,12 +1064,14 @@ otherwise.
.RE
.
.IP
-Contrary to flag values 2 and\~4, the flags 128, 256, and 512 work pairwise.
-If, for example, the left character has value 512, and the right character
-128, no line break gets inserted.
-If we use value\~6 instead for the left character, a line break after the
-character can't be suppressed since the right neighbour character doesn't
-get examined.
+Contrary to flag values 2 and\~4, the flags 128, 256, and 512 work
+pairwise.
+.
+If, for example, the left character has value 512, and the right
+character 128, no line break gets inserted. If we use value\~6
+instead for the left character, a line break after the character
+can\[aq]t be suppressed since the right neighbour character
+doesn\[aq]t get examined.
.
.TP
.BI .char\ c\ string
@@ -1122,8 +1128,7 @@ request is used to give the object a hyphenation code.
.
.IP
There is a special anti-recursion feature: Use of glyph within the
-glyph's definition is handled like normal glyphs not
-defined with
+glyph\[aq]s definition is handled like normal glyphs not defined with
.BR char .
.IP
A glyph definition can be removed with the
@@ -1148,8 +1153,10 @@ to a set of characters
so that they can be referred to from other requests easily (currently
.B .cflags
only).
-Character ranges (indicated by an intermediate `\-') and nested classes
-are possible also.
+.
+Character ranges (indicated by an intermediate \[oq]\-\[cq]) and
+nested classes are possible also.
+.
This is useful to assign properties to a large set of characters.
.
.TP
@@ -1264,7 +1271,7 @@ request, thus the above statement is equivalent to
.IP
The color named
.B default
-(which is device-specific) can't be redefined.
+(which is device-specific) can\[aq]t be redefined.
.
It is possible that the default color for
.B \[rs]M
@@ -1327,7 +1334,7 @@ is stripped.
This is the same as the
.B \[rs]Y
escape (to embed the contents of a macro into the intermediate
-output preceded with `x\~X').
+output preceded with \[oq]x\~X\[cq]).
.
.TP
.BI .do\ xxx
@@ -1368,8 +1375,9 @@ Similar to
.BR .ds ,
but compatibility mode is switched off during expansion.
.
-To be more precise, a `compatibility save' token is inserted at the
-beginning of the string, and a `compatibility restore' token at the end.
+To be more precise, a \[oq]compatibility save\[cq] token is inserted
+at the beginning of the string, and a \[oq]compatibility restore\[cq]
+token at the end.
.
.TP
.B .ecs
@@ -1381,7 +1389,7 @@ Restore escape character saved with
.BR ecs .
Without a previous call to
.BR ecs ,
-.RB ` \[rs] '
+.RB \[oq] \[rs] \[cq]
will be the new escape character.
.
.TP
@@ -1401,7 +1409,7 @@ If
.I xx
is missing, switch back to previous font family.
.
-The value at start-up is `T'.
+The value at start-up is \[oq]T\[cq].
.
See the description of the
.B sty
@@ -1421,7 +1429,8 @@ request; the only difference is that a glyph defined with
hides the glyph with the same name in the current font, whereas a
glyph defined with
.B fchar
-is checked only if the particular glyph isn't found in the current font.
+is checked only if the particular glyph isn\[aq]t found in the current
+font.
.
This test happens before checking special fonts.
.
@@ -1607,7 +1616,7 @@ A percent sign starts a comment (up to the end of the
line) even if
preceded by a backslash.
.
.IP \[bu]
-No support for `digraphs' like
+No support for \[oq]digraphs\[cq] like
.BR \[rs]$ .
.
.IP \[bu]
@@ -1660,11 +1669,11 @@ character as the start of a comment).
Use the
.B hpfcode
request to map the encoding used in hyphenation patterns files to
-.BR groff 's
+.BR groff \[aq]s
input encoding.
.
-By default, everything maps to itself except letters `A' to `Z' which
-map to `a' to `z'.
+By default, everything maps to itself except letters \[oq]A\[cq] to
+\[oq]Z\[cq] which map to \[oq]a\[cq] to \[oq]z\[cq].
.
.IP
The set of hyphenation patterns is associated with the current language
@@ -1742,7 +1751,7 @@ to\~\c
.IR n :
When the current adjustment mode is\~\c
.B b
-don't hyphenate the line if the line can be justified by adding no
+don\[aq]t hyphenate the line if the line can be justified by adding no
more than
.I n
extra space to each word space.
@@ -1858,7 +1867,7 @@ command line option.
.
If the file name to be included has the form
.IB name .tmac
-and it isn't found,
+and it isn\[aq]t found,
.B mso
tries to include
.BI tmac. name
@@ -1868,13 +1877,13 @@ A warning of type
.B file
is generated if
.I file
-can't be loaded, and the request is ignored.
+can\[aq]t be loaded, and the request is ignored.
.
.TP
.BI .nop \ anything
Execute
.IR anything .
-This is similar to `.if\ 1'.
+This is similar to \[oq].if\ 1\[cq].
.
.TP
.B .nroff
@@ -1937,8 +1946,9 @@ on stderr.
.BI .psbb \ filename
Get the bounding box of a PostScript image
.IR filename .
-This file must conform to Adobe's Document Structuring Conventions;
-the command looks for a
+.
+This file must conform to Adobe\[aq]s Document Structuring
+Conventions; the command looks for a
.B \%%%BoundingBox
comment to extract the bounding box values.
.
@@ -2124,7 +2134,7 @@ Each
can also be a range of sizes
.IR m \(en n .
.
-Contrary to the font file command, the list can't extend over more
+Contrary to the font file command, the list can\[aq]t extend over more
than a single line.
.
.TP
@@ -2227,7 +2237,7 @@ The first character in the string has index\~0.
.
If
.I n2
-is omitted, it is taken to be equal to the string's length.
+is omitted, it is taken to be equal to the string\[aq]s length.
.
If the index value
.I n1
@@ -2393,15 +2403,16 @@ request.
.
.TP
.BI .unformat\ xx
-This request `unformats' the diversion
+This request \[oq]unformats\[cq] the diversion
.IR xx .
+.
Contrary to the
.B asciify
request, which tries to convert formatted elements of the diversion
back to input tokens as much as possible,
.B .unformat
-only handles tabs and spaces between words (usually caused by
-spaces or newlines in the input) specially.
+only handles tabs and spaces between words (usually caused by spaces
+or newlines in the input) specially.
.
The former are treated as if they were input tokens, and the latter
are stretchable again.
@@ -2539,7 +2550,7 @@ is read in copy mode.
.
.TP
.BR \[rs]D' \*[ellipsis] '
-All drawing commands of groff's intermediate output are accepted.
+All drawing commands of groff\[aq]s intermediate output are accepted.
.
See subsection
.B "Drawing Commands"
@@ -2577,9 +2588,9 @@ In compatibility mode, these requests behaves similar to
.BR .ds1 ,
and
.BR .as1 ,
-respectively: A `compatibility save' token is inserted at the
-beginning, and a `compatibility restore' token at the end, with
-compatibility mode switched on during execution.
+respectively: A \[oq]compatibility save\[cq] token is inserted at the
+beginning, and a \[oq]compatibility restore\[cq] token at the end,
+with compatibility mode switched on during execution.
.
.TP
.BI .ev\ xx
@@ -2668,7 +2679,9 @@ The following read-only registers are available:
.TP
.B \[rs]n[.br]
Within a macro call, it is set to\~1 if the macro is called with the
-`normal' control character (`.' by default), and set to\~0 otherwise.
+\[oq]normal\[cq] control character (\[oq].\[cq] by default), and set
+to\~0 otherwise.
+.
This allows to reliably modify requests.
.
.RS
@@ -3282,7 +3295,7 @@ If there is a glyph named
or
.BR \[rs]^ ,
respectively (note the leading backslash), defined in the current font file,
-use this glyph's width instead of the default value.
+use this glyph\[aq]s width instead of the default value.
.
.P
It is now possible to have whitespace between the first and second dot
@@ -3295,7 +3308,7 @@ Example:
.EX
\&.if t \[rs]{\[rs]
\&. de bar
-\&. nop Hello, I'm `bar'.
+\&. nop Hello, I\[aq]m \[oq]bar\[cq].
\&. .
\&.\[rs]}
.EE
@@ -3467,7 +3480,7 @@ changing this.
.IP
The corresponding
.BI \[rs]D'f \*[ellipsis] '
-command shouldn't be used since its argument is always rounded to an
+command shouldn\[aq]t be used since its argument is always rounded to an
integer multiple of the horizontal resolution which can lead to
surprising results.
.
@@ -3600,7 +3613,8 @@ Set the color components of the filling color similar to
the
commands above.
.
.P
-The current position isn't changed by those colour commands (contrary to
+The current position isn\[aq]t changed by those colour commands
+(contrary to
.BR Df ).
.
.
@@ -3728,7 +3742,7 @@ does not allow to use the single-character escapes
(opening brace),
.B \[rs]}
(closing brace),
-.RB ` \[rs]\ '
+.RB \[oq] \[rs]\ \[cq]
(space),
.B \[rs]'
(single quote),
@@ -3828,21 +3842,19 @@ With
.I GNU troff
this is printed as
.BR \[rs]\[rs] .
-So each pair of input backslashes
-\&`\[rs]\[rs]'
-is turned into a single output backslash glyph
-\&`\[rs]'
-and the resulting output backslashes are not interpreted as escape
-characters when they are reread.
+So each pair of input backslashes \&\[oq]\[rs]\[rs]\[cq] is turned
+into a single output backslash glyph \&\[oq]\[rs]\[cq] and the
+resulting output backslashes are not interpreted as escape characters
+when they are reread.
.
.P
.I Classical troff
would interpret them as escape characters when they were reread and
-would end up printing a single backslash `\[rs]'.
+would end up printing a single backslash \[oq]\[rs]\[cq].
.
.P
In GNU, the correct way to get a printable version of the backslash
-character `\[rs]'
+character \[cq]\[rs]\[cq]
is the
.B \[rs](rs
escape sequence, but classical troff does not provide a clean feature
@@ -3887,7 +3899,7 @@ classical definition.
.
.IP \[bu] 2m
The intermediate output cannot be rescaled to other devices as
-classical `device-independent' troff did.
+classical \[oq]device-independent\[cq] troff did.
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -3931,7 +3943,7 @@ systems, including pointers to further historical
documentation.
.TP
.RI [ CSTR\~#54\/ ]
The
-.I Nroff/\:Troff User's Manual
+.I Nroff/\:Troff User\[aq]s Manual
by
.I J.\& F.\& Ossanna
of 1976 in the revision of
diff --git a/man/groff_font.man b/man/groff_font.man
index 4950e8b..58da9cd 100644
--- a/man/groff_font.man
+++ b/man/groff_font.man
@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
.\" Emacs mode: -*- nroff -*-
.TH GROFF_FONT @MAN5EXT@ "@MDATE@" "Groff Version @VERSION@"
-.
.SH NAME
groff_font \- format of groff device and font description files
.
@@ -11,20 +10,16 @@ groff_font \- format of groff device and font description
files
.
.de co
Copyright \(co 1989\-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.
-.P
+
This file is part of groff (GNU roff), which is a free software project.
-.
+
You can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation,
either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
version.
-.
-.P
+
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program.
-.
-If not, see
+along with this program. If not, see
.UR http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-2.0.html
GPL2
.UE .
@@ -58,8 +53,7 @@ are stored in a directory
.BI dev name\c
\&.
.
-There are two types of file: a
-device description file called
+There are two types of file: a device description file called
.B DESC
and for each font\~\c
.I F
@@ -132,7 +126,7 @@ but under other systems (notably cygwin) it might be set to
another name.
.BI "paperlength " n
The physical vertical dimension of the output medium in machine units.
.
-This isn't used by
+This isn\[aq]t used by
.B troff
itself but by output devices.
.
@@ -159,7 +153,8 @@ if it holds predefined paper types.
.
Alternatively,
.I string
-can be a file name (e.g.\& `/etc/papersize'); if the file can be opened,
+can be a file name (e.g.\& \[oq]/etc/papersize\[cq]); if the file can
+be opened,
.B groff
reads the first line and tests for the above paper sizes.
.
@@ -173,8 +168,9 @@ Both
.I length
and
.I width
-must have a unit appended; valid values are `i' for inches, `c' for
-centimeters, `p' for points, and `P' for picas.
+must have a unit appended; valid values are \[oq]i\[cq] for inches,
+\[oq]c\[cq] for centimeters, \[oq]p\[cq] for points, and \[oq]P\[cq]
+for picas.
.
Example:
.BR 12c,235p .
@@ -200,7 +196,7 @@ Use
.B papersize
instead.
.
-This isn't used by
+This isn\[aq]t used by
.BR troff
itself but by output devices.
.
@@ -501,9 +497,10 @@ If it is exactly two characters
it can be entered as
.BI \[rs]( xx\fR.
.
-Note that single-letter special characters can't be accessed as
+Note that single-letter special characters can\[aq]t be accessed as
.BI \[rs] c\fR;
-the only exception is `\[rs]\-' which is identical to `\[rs][\-]'.
+the only exception is \[oq]\[rs]\-\[cq] which is identical to
+\[oq]\[rs][\-]\[cq].
.
The name
.B \-\-\-
@@ -520,16 +517,16 @@ field gives the glyph type:
.
.TP
1
-means the glyph has a descender, for example, `p';
+means the glyph has a descender, for example, \[oq]p\[cq];
.
.TP
2
-means the glyph has an ascender, for example, `b';
+means the glyph has an ascender, for example, \[oq]b\[cq];
.
.TP
3
means the glyph has both an ascender and a descender, for example,
-`('.
+\[oq](\[cq].
.
.LP
The
@@ -558,21 +555,23 @@ escape sequence only accepts a decimal integer.
.LP
The
.I entity_name
-field gives an ASCII string identifying the glyph which the postprocessor
-uses to print that glyph.
+field gives an ASCII string identifying the glyph which the
+postprocessor uses to print that glyph.
.
This field is optional and is currently used by
.B grops
-to build sub-encoding arrays for PS fonts containing more than 256 glyphs.
+to build sub-encoding arrays for PS fonts containing more than 256
+glyphs.
.
(It has also been used for
-.BR \%grohtml 's
-entity names but for efficiency reasons this data is now compiled directly
-into
+.BR \%grohtml \[aq]s
+entity names but for efficiency reasons this data is now compiled
+directly into
.BR \%grohtml .)
.
.LP
-Anything on the line after the encoding field or `\-\-' are ignored.
+Anything on the line after the encoding field or \[oq]\-\-\[cq] are
+ignored.
.
.LP
The
diff --git a/man/groff_out.man b/man/groff_out.man
index ab5b88f..f9ef631 100644
--- a/man/groff_out.man
+++ b/man/groff_out.man
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
'\" e
.\" The above line should force the use of eqn as a preprocessor
.TH GROFF_OUT @MAN5EXT@ "@MDATE@" "Groff Version @VERSION@"
-.
.SH NAME
groff_out \- groff intermediate output format
.
@@ -14,36 +13,34 @@ groff_out \- groff intermediate output format
.\" License and authors
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
-.de au
-In 2001, this document was rewritten from scrach by
-.MT address@hidden
-Bernd Warken
-.ME .
-..
-.
.de co
-Copyright (C) 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.
+Copyright \[co] 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
This file is part of groff, the GNU roff type-setting system, which is
a free software project.
-.P
+
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
Texts.
-.P
+
A copy of the Free Documentation License is included as a file called
FDL in the main directory of the groff source package, it is also
available in the internet at
.UR http://\:www.gnu.org/\:copyleft/\:fdl.html
GNU FDL license
.UE .
-
+..
.
-
+.de au
+In 2001, this document was rewritten from scrach by
+.MT address@hidden
+Bernd Warken
+.ME .
..
.
+.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.\" Setup
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -112,12 +109,6 @@ after these commands, otherwise the position is not
changed.
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.\" Title
-.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
-.
-.
-.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH DESCRIPTION
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
@@ -327,7 +318,7 @@ commands were designed to request a
after their last argument.
.
Only one command,
-.RB ` x\ X '
+.RB \[oq] x\ X \[cq]
has an argument that can stretch over several lines, all other
commands must have all of their arguments on the same line as the
command, i.e., the arguments may not be split by a line break.
@@ -1626,13 +1617,13 @@ s10
.ft CB
V40
H0
-.I "# write text `hell'"
+.I "# write text \[oq]hell\[cq]"
.ft CB
thell
.I "# inform about a space, and do it by a horizontal jump"
.ft CB
wh24
-.I "# write text `world'"
+.I "# write text \[oq]world\[cq]"
.ft CB
tworld
.I "# announce line break, but do nothing because ..."
diff --git a/man/groff_tmac.man b/man/groff_tmac.man
index a49a5cf..5017dcb 100644
--- a/man/groff_tmac.man
+++ b/man/groff_tmac.man
@@ -8,40 +8,39 @@ groff_tmac \- macro files in the roff typesetting system
.\" Installed position: <prefix>/share/man/man5/groff_tmac.5
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.\" Legal Terms
+.\" Legalese
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
-.de au
-This file was written by
-.ME address@hidden
-Bernd Warken
-.ME
-and
-.MT address@hidden
-Werner Lemberg
-.ME .
-..
-.
.de co
-Copyright (C) 2000-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.P
+Copyright \[co] 2000-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
This file is part of groff, the GNU roff type-setting system.
-.P
+
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts.
-.P
+
A copy of the Free Documentation License is included as a file called
FDL in the main directory of the groff source package, it is also
-available on-line at the
+available on\-line at the
.UR http://\:www.gnu.org/\:copyleft/\:fdl.html
GNU copyleft site
.UE .
..
.
-.ds Ellipsis \&.\|.\|.\&\"
+.de au
+This file was written by
+.ME address@hidden
+Bernd Warken
+.ME
+and
+.MT address@hidden
+Werner Lemberg
+.ME .
+..
.
+.ds Ellipsis \&.\|.\|.\&\"
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -54,12 +53,14 @@ type-setting system provides a set of macro packages
suitable for
special kinds of documents.
.
Each macro package stores its macros and definitions in a file called
-the package's
+the package\[aq]s
.BR "tmac file" .
+.
The name is deduced from
-.RB ` T\c
+.RB \[oq] T\c
.IB roff MAC\c
-.IR ros '.
+.IR ros \[cq].
+.
.
.P
The tmac files are normal roff source documents, except that they
@@ -87,6 +88,7 @@ same time; saying e.g.\&
\fIsh#\fP groff \-m man \-m ms foo
.EE
.
+.
.P
or
.
@@ -97,6 +99,7 @@ or
.
.P
fails.
+.
Exception to this is the use of man pages written with either the
.B mdoc
or the
@@ -132,7 +135,7 @@ man\~pages; see
.B andoc
.TQ
.B mandoc
-Use this file in case you don't know whether the
+Use this file in case you don\[aq]t know whether the
.B man
macros or the
.B mdoc
@@ -215,7 +218,8 @@ and ms).
.B de.tmac
selects hyphenation patterns for traditional orthography, and
.B den.tmac
-does the same for the new orthography (`Recht\%schreib\%reform').
+does the same for the new orthography
+(\[oq]Recht\%schreib\%reform\[cq]).
.
It should be used as the last macro package on the command line.
.
@@ -237,8 +241,8 @@ Example:
.IP
Note that
.B fr.tmac
-sets the input encoding to latin-9 to get proper support of the `oe'
-ligature.
+sets the input encoding to latin-9 to get proper support of the
+\[oq]oe\[cq] ligature.
.
.
.TP
@@ -272,7 +276,7 @@ specified as the first macro argument on the command line.
.B @address@hidden
loads latin1 by default at start-up.
.
-Note that these macro packages don't work on EBCDIC hosts.
+Note that these macro packages don\[aq]t work on EBCDIC hosts.
.
.
.TP
@@ -283,7 +287,7 @@ On those platforms it is loaded automatically at start-up.
.
Due to different character ranges used in
.B @address@hidden
-it doesn't work on architectures which are based on ASCII.
+it doesn\[aq]t work on architectures which are based on ASCII.
.
.
.P
@@ -336,7 +340,7 @@ To be used with
.B papersize
This macro file is already loaded at start-up by
.B @address@hidden
-so it isn't necessary to call it explicitly.
+so it isn\[aq]t necessary to call it explicitly.
.
It provides an interface to set the paper size on the command line with
the option \f[B]\%\-dpaper=\f[]\,\f[I]size\f[].
@@ -389,8 +393,8 @@ preprocessor.
.
They center each picture.
.
-Use it only if your macro package doesn't provide proper definitions
-for those two macros (actually, most of them already do).
+Use it only if your macro package doesn\[aq]t provide proper
+definitions for those two macros (actually, most of them already do).
.
.
.TP
@@ -410,7 +414,7 @@ of the same size.
.
This macro file is already loaded at start-up by
.B @address@hidden
-so it isn't necessary to call it explicitly.
+so it isn\[aq]t necessary to call it explicitly.
.
.IP
Syntax:
@@ -436,9 +440,9 @@ If neither a
.I width
nor a
.I height
-argument is specified, the image's natural width (as given in
-the file's bounding box) or the current line length is used
-as the width, whatever is smaller.
+argument is specified, the image\[aq]s natural width (as given in the
+file\[aq]s bounding box) or the current line length is used as the
+width, whatever is smaller.
.
The
.I width
@@ -477,9 +481,9 @@ option causes the graphic to be indented by\~\c
.IP
For use of
.B .PSPIC
-within a diversion it is recommended to extend it with
-the following code, assuring that the diversion's width completely
-covers the image's width.
+within a diversion it is recommended to extend it with the following
+code, assuring that the diversion\[aq]s width completely covers the
+image\[aq]s width.
.
.RS
.IP
@@ -541,13 +545,16 @@ Classical roff systems were designed before the
conventions of the
modern C
.BR getopt (3)
call evolved, and used a naming scheme for macro packages that looks
-odd to modern eyes. Macro packages were always included with the option
+odd to modern eyes.
+.
+Macro packages were always included with the option
.BR \-m ;
when this option was directly followed by its argument without an
intervening space, this looked like a long option preceded by a single
minus \[em] a sensation in the computer stone age.
+.
To make this invocation form work, classical troff
-macro packages used names that started with the letter `m',
+macro packages used names that started with the letter \[oq]m\[cq],
which was omitted in the naming of the macro file.
.
.
@@ -566,10 +573,9 @@ for short.
.
.
.P
-For similar reasons, macro packages that did not start with an `m'
-had a leading `m'
-added in the documentation and in speech; for example, the package
-corresponding to
+For similar reasons, macro packages that did not start with an
+\[oq]m\[cq] had a leading \[oq]m\[cq] added in the documentation and
+in speech; for example, the package corresponding to
.I tmac.doc
was called
.I mdoc
@@ -584,7 +590,7 @@ command line option for activating this package reads
To cope with all situations, actual versions of
.BR groff (@MAN1EXT@)
are smart about both naming schemes by providing two macro files
-for the inflicted macro packages; one with a leading `m'
+for the inflicted macro packages; one with a leading \[oq]m\[cq]
the other one without it.
.
So in
@@ -603,9 +609,8 @@ macro package may be specified as on of the following four
methods:
.
.
.P
-Recent packages that do not start with `m'
-do not use an additional `m'
-in the documentation.
+Recent packages that do not start with \[oq]m\[cq] do not use an
+additional \[oq]m\[cq] in the documentation.
.
For example, the
.I www
@@ -653,8 +658,7 @@ In
.IR groff ,
most macro packages are described in\~man pages called
.BR groff_\f[I]name\f[] (@MAN7EXT@),
-with a leading `m'
-for the classical packages.
+with a leading \[oq]m\[cq] for the classical packages.
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -794,22 +798,22 @@ when formatting the document.
.
Mostly, only the letters corresponding to the options for the
preprocessors are recognized,
-`e'
+\[oq]e\[cq]
(for
.BR eqn ),
.\" `G',
.\" `g',
-`p`
+\[oq]p\[cq]
(for
.BR pic ),
-`R'
+\[oq]R\[cq]
(for
.BR refer ),
-`s'
+\[oq]s\[cq]
(for
.BR soelim ),
and
-`t'
+\[oq]t\[cq]
(for
.BR tbl ).
(see
@@ -828,7 +832,7 @@ The
.I man
program handles some preprocessors automatically, such that in
man\~pages only the following characters should be used:
-`e', `p', and `t'.
+\[oq]e\[cq], \[oq]p\[cq], and \[oq]t\[cq].
.
.
..
@@ -905,7 +909,7 @@ escape sequence.
This doubling is most important for the positional parameters.
.
For example, to print information on the arguments that were passed to
-the macro to the terminal, define a macro named `.print_args',
+the macro to the terminal, define a macro named \[oq].print_args\[cq],
say.
.
.
@@ -942,7 +946,7 @@ arg1 arg2
.
.
.P
-Let's analyze each backslash in the macro definition.
+Let\[aq]s analyze each backslash in the macro definition.
.
As the positional parameters and the number of arguments change
with each call of the macro their leading backslash must be doubled,
@@ -1065,8 +1069,8 @@ almost-empty lines (this is, lines which have a leading
dot
and nothing else) for a better structuring.
.
.IP \(bu
-To increase readability, use groff's indentation facility for requests
-and macro calls (arbitrary whitespace after the leading dot).
+To increase readability, use groff\[aq]s indentation facility for
+requests and macro calls (arbitrary whitespace after the leading dot).
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -1148,7 +1152,7 @@ a colon separated list of these constitutes the
The search sequence for macro files is (in that order):
.
.IP \(bu
-the directories specified with troff/groff's
+the directories specified with troff/groff\[aq]s
.B \-M
command line option
.
diff --git a/man/roff.man b/man/roff.man
index 134b391..6ce18e7 100644
--- a/man/roff.man
+++ b/man/roff.man
@@ -9,19 +9,8 @@ roff \- concepts and history of roff typesetting
.\" Legalese
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
-.de au
-This man-page was written by
-.MT address@hidden
-Bernd Warken
-.ME
-and is maintained by
-.MT address@hidden
-Werner Lemberg
-.ME .
-..
-.
.de co
-Copyright (C) 2000-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 2000-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the FDL (GNU Free Documentation License) Version
@@ -38,6 +27,17 @@ GNU copyleft site
.UE .
..
.
+.de au
+This man-page was written by
+.MT address@hidden
+Bernd Warken
+.ME
+and is maintained by
+.MT address@hidden
+Werner Lemberg
+.ME .
+..
+.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.\" Local macros
.
@@ -52,11 +52,10 @@ GNU copyleft site
.de QuotedChar
. ds @1 \\$1
. shift
-. nop address@hidden'\\$*
+. nop address@hidden
. rm @1
..
.
-.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH DESCRIPTION
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -79,6 +78,7 @@ Unix-like operating systems distribute a
.I roff
system as a core package.
.
+.
.P
The most common
.I roff
@@ -90,6 +90,7 @@ system today is the free software implementation \f[CR]GNU\f[]
implements the look-and-feel and functionality of its ancestors, with many
extensions.
.
+.
.P
The ancestry of
.I roff
@@ -102,6 +103,7 @@ always refers to the general class of roff programs, not to
the
.B roff
command provided in early UNIX systems.
.
+.
.P
In spite of its age,
.I roff
@@ -116,6 +118,7 @@ output for text devices is still unmatched, and its
graphical output
has the same quality as other free type-setting programs and is better
than some of the commercial systems.
.
+.
.P
.I roff
is used to format UNIX
@@ -124,6 +127,7 @@ is used to format UNIX
.IR "man pages" ),
the standard documentation system on many UNIX-derived operating systems.
.
+.
.P
This document describes the history of the development of the
.IR "roff system" ;
@@ -154,7 +158,7 @@ roots go back to the earlier operating systems CTSS and
Multics.
.SS "The Predecessor RUNOFF"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
-.BR roff 's
+.BR roff \[aq]s
ancestor
.B RUNOFF
was written in the MAD language by
@@ -165,8 +169,8 @@ a project of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
(MIT), in 1963 and
1964 \[en] note that CTSS commands were all uppercase.
.
.P
-In 1965, MIT's Project MAC teamed with Bell Telephone Laboratories (BTL)
-and General Electric to begin the
+In 1965, MIT\[aq]s Project MAC teamed with Bell Telephone Laboratories
+(BTL) and General Electric to begin the
.UR http://\:www.multicians.org
.I Multics
system
@@ -179,6 +183,7 @@ was written for Multics in the late 60s in the BCPL
language, by
.IR "Doug McIlroy" ,
and other members of the Multics team.
.
+.
.P
Like its CTSS ancestor, Multics
.B runoff
@@ -243,14 +248,15 @@ powerful text formatting system by
.IR "Joseph F.\& Ossanna" ,
who already programmed several runoff ports.
.
+.
.P
The name
.I runoff
was shortened to
.IR roff .
.
-The greatly enlarged language of Ossanna's version already included all
-elements of a full
+The greatly enlarged language of Ossanna\[aq]s version already
+included all elements of a full
.IR "roff system" .
.
All modern
@@ -261,6 +267,7 @@ So Joe Ossanna can be called the father of all
.I roff
systems.
.
+.
.P
This first
.I roff system
@@ -290,9 +297,10 @@ is used to refer to a
.I troff/\:nroff
system as a whole.
.
+.
.P
-Ossanna's first version was written in the PDP-11 assembly language and
-released in 1973.
+Ossanna\[aq]s first version was written in the PDP-11 assembly
+language and released in 1973.
.
.I Brian Kernighan
joined the
@@ -301,11 +309,12 @@ development by rewriting it in the C\~programming
language.
.
The C\~version was released in 1975.
.
+.
.P
The syntax of the formatting language of the
.BR nroff /\: troff
programs was documented in the famous
-.IR "Troff User's Manual [CSTR\~#54]" ,
+.IR "Troff User\[aq]s Manual [CSTR\~#54]" ,
first published in 1976, with further revisions up to 1992 by Brian
Kernighan.
.
@@ -316,8 +325,9 @@ All later
.I roff
systems tried to establish compatibility with this specification.
.
+.
.P
-After Ossanna's death in 1977, Kernighan went on with developing
+After Ossanna\[aq]s death in 1977, Kernighan went on with developing
.IR troff .
.
In the late 1970s, Kernighan equipped
@@ -356,7 +366,7 @@ capabilities automatically.
.
The source code of both the ancient Unix and classical
.I troff
-weren't available for two decades.
+weren\[aq]t available for two decades.
.
Meanwhile, it is accessible again (on-line) for non-commercial use,
cf.\& section
@@ -387,6 +397,7 @@ See
.BR groff (@MAN1EXT@)
for an overview.
.
+.
.P
The
.I groff
@@ -427,10 +438,11 @@ You can get this package with the shell command:
.EE
.RE
.
+.
.P
Moreover, one finds there the
.UR https://github.com/n-t-roff/DWB3.3
-.I Original Documenter's Workbench Release 3.3
+.I Original Documenter\[aq]s Workbench Release 3.3
.UE .
.
.
@@ -438,7 +450,7 @@ Moreover, one finds there the
.SH "USING ROFF"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
-Most people won't even notice that they are actually using
+Most people won\[aq]t even notice that they are actually using
.IR roff .
.
When you read a system manual page (man page)
@@ -453,7 +465,8 @@ a standard program of the X window distribution, see
.
But using
.I roff
-explicitly isn't difficult either.
+explicitly isn\[aq]t difficult either.
+.
.
.P
Some
@@ -507,6 +520,7 @@ cat \f[I]file\f[P] \
| \f[I]postproc\f[P]
.RE
.
+.
.P
The preprocessors generate
.I roff
@@ -519,6 +533,7 @@ which in turn generates
that is fed into a device postprocessor program for printing or final
output.
.
+.
.P
All of these parts use programming languages of their own; each
language is totally unrelated to the other parts.
@@ -528,6 +543,7 @@ Moreover,
macro packages that were tailored for special purposes can be
included.
.
+.
.P
Most
.I roff
@@ -574,12 +590,13 @@ formatter program, for the formatter just ignores all
alien code.
The preprocessor programs extract and transform only the document
parts that are determined for them.
.
+.
.P
There are a lot of free and commercial
.I roff
preprocessors.
.
-Some of them aren't available on each system, but there is a small
+Some of them aren\[aq]t available on each system, but there is a small
set of preprocessors that are considered as an integral part of each
.I roff
system.
@@ -599,6 +616,7 @@ address@hidden drawing chemical formul\[ae].
.TE
.RE
.
+.
.P
Other known preprocessors that are not available on all systems
include
@@ -612,6 +630,7 @@ address@hidden including \fBgremlin\fR(1) pictures.
.TE
.RE
.
+.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SS "Formatter Programs"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -632,6 +651,7 @@ must be specified by a command-line option to the formatter
program.
The documents must have been run through all necessary preprocessors
before.
.
+.
.P
The output produced by a
.I roff
@@ -653,6 +673,7 @@ language.
The generated intermediate output is optimized for a special device,
but the language is the same for every device.
.
+.
.P
The
.I roff
@@ -668,6 +689,7 @@ for text devices and
.B troff
for graphical devices.
.
+.
.P
Often, the name
.I troff
@@ -682,6 +704,7 @@ Devices are hardware interfaces like printers, text or
graphical
terminals, etc., or software interfaces such as a conversion into a
different text or graphical format.
.
+.
.P
A
.I roff
@@ -693,6 +716,7 @@ The
.I roff
postprocessors are like device drivers for the output target.
.
+.
.P
For each device there is a postprocessor program that fits the device
optimally.
@@ -700,6 +724,7 @@ optimally.
The postprocessor parses the generated intermediate output and
generates device-specific code that is sent directly to the device.
.
+.
.P
The names of the devices and the postprocessor programs are not fixed
because they greatly depend on the software and hardware abilities of
@@ -709,23 +734,25 @@ For example, the classical devices mentioned in
.I [CSTR\~#54]
have greatly changed since the classical times.
.
-The old hardware doesn't exist any longer and the old graphical
+The old hardware doesn\[aq]t exist any longer and the old graphical
conversions were quite imprecise when compared to their modern
counterparts.
.
+.
.P
For example, the Postscript device
.I post
in classical
.I troff
had a resolution of 720 units per inch, while
-.IR groff 's
+.IR groff \[aq]s
.I ps
device has 72000, a refinement of factor 100.
.
+.
.P
Today the operating systems provide device drivers for most
-printer-like hardware, so it isn't necessary to write a special
+printer-like hardware, so it isn\[aq]t necessary to write a special
hardware postprocessor for each printer.
.
.
@@ -779,6 +806,7 @@ Details on the naming of macro packages and their placement
is found
in
.BR groff_tmac (@MAN5EXT@).
.
+.
.P
A macro package that is to be used in a document can be announced to
the formatter by the command line option
@@ -791,6 +819,7 @@ requests of the
language, see
.BR groff (@MAN7EXT@).
.
+.
.P
Famous classical macro packages are
.I man
@@ -818,7 +847,7 @@ and
The classical
.I roff
formatting language is documented in the
-.I Troff User's Manual
+.I Troff User\[aq]s Manual
.IR "[CSTR\~#54]" .
.
The
@@ -827,6 +856,7 @@ language is a full programming language providing requests,
definition
of macros, escape sequences, string variables, number or size
registers, and flow controls.
.
+.
.P
.I Requests
are the predefined basic formatting commands similar to the commands
@@ -842,6 +872,7 @@ These are then called
A document writer will not note any difference in usage for requests
or macros; both are written on a line on their own starting with a dot.
.
+.
.P
.I Escape sequences
are
@@ -862,6 +893,7 @@ the escaping of special control characters like
.Esc \[rs] ,
and many other features.
.
+.
.P
.I Strings
are variables that can store a string.
@@ -874,6 +906,7 @@ The stored string can be retrieved later by the
.B \[rs]*
escape sequence.
.
+.
.P
.I Registers
store numbers and sizes.
@@ -894,6 +927,7 @@ extension, e.g., the filename for this document is
i.e., it is kept in section\~7
of the man pages.
.
+.
.P
The classical macro packages take the package name as an extension, e.g.\&
.IB file. me
@@ -912,6 +946,7 @@ for
files,
etc.
.
+.
.P
But there is no general naming scheme for
.I roff
@@ -925,6 +960,7 @@ Maybe there should be a standardization for the filename
extensions of
.I roff
files.
.
+.
.P
File name extensions can be very handy in conjunction with the
.BR less (1)
@@ -943,6 +979,7 @@ LESSOPEN='|lesspipe %s'
.EE
.RE
.
+.
.P
where
.B lesspipe
@@ -973,9 +1010,10 @@ dialects.
.
This mode can be activated by the following methods.
.
+.
.P
When editing a file within Emacs the mode can be changed by typing
-.RI ` "M-x nroff-mode" ',
+.RI \[oq] "M-x nroff-mode" \[cq],
where
.B M-x
means to hold down the
@@ -986,6 +1024,7 @@ and hitting the
.BR x\~ key
at the same time.
.
+.
.P
But it is also possible to have the mode automatically selected when
the file is loaded into the editor.
@@ -997,9 +1036,9 @@ the end of the file.
.RS
.IP
.EX
-\&.\[rs]" Local Variables:
-\&.\[rs]" mode: nroff
-\&.\[rs]" End:
+\&.\[rs]" Local Variables:\""
+\&.\[rs]" mode: nroff\""
+\&.\[rs]" End:\""
.EE
.RE
.
@@ -1015,7 +1054,7 @@ Theoretically, it is possible to write the sequence
.RS
.IP
.EX
-\&.\[rs]" \%-*-\ nroff\ -*-
+\&.\[rs]" \%-*-\ nroff\ -*-\""
.EE
.RE
.
@@ -1028,6 +1067,7 @@ Unfortunately, some applications such as the
.B man
program are confused by this; so this is deprecated.
.
+.
.P
All
.I roff
@@ -1043,12 +1083,12 @@ document.
.
Instead, use the empty request (a line consisting of a dot only) or a
line comment
-.B .\[rs]"
+.B .\[rs]"\""
if a structuring element is needed.
.
.IP \(bu
-Never start a line with whitespace because this can lead to
-unexpected behavior.
+Never start a line with whitespace because this can lead to unexpected
+behavior.
.
Indented paragraphs can be constructed in a controlled way by
.I roff
@@ -1067,6 +1107,7 @@ an empty
.I roff
request (a line consisting of a dot only) after each sentence.
.
+.
.P
The following example shows how optimal
.I roff
@@ -1075,22 +1116,18 @@ editing could look.
.RS
.P
.EX
-This is an example for a
-\&.I roff
-document.
-\&.
-This is the next sentence in the same paragraph.
-\&.
-This is a longer sentence stretching over several
-lines; abbreviations like `cf.' are easily
-identified because the dot is not followed by a
-line break.
-\&.
-In the output, this will still go to the same
-paragraph.
+This is an example for a \&.I roff document. \&.
+.
+This is the next sentence in the same paragraph. \&.
+.
+This is a longer sentence stretching over several lines; abbreviations
+like \[oq]cf.\[cq] are easily identified because the dot is not
+followed by a line break. \&. In the output, this will still go to
+the same paragraph.
.EE
.RE
.
+.
.P
Besides Emacs, some other editors provide
.I nroff
@@ -1173,7 +1210,7 @@ by AT&T Bell Labs.
.TP
runoff
.UR http://\:web.mit.edu/\:Saltzer/\:www/\:publications/\:pubs.html
-Jerry Saltzer's home page
+Jerry Saltzer\[aq]s home page
.UE
.
stores some documents using the ancient RUNOFF formatting language.
@@ -1218,7 +1255,7 @@ language are
[CSTR\~#54]
J.\& F.\& Ossanna,
.UR http://\:cm.bell-labs.com/\:cm/\:cs/\:cstr/\:54.ps.gz
-.I "Nroff/\:Troff User's Manual"
+.I "Nroff/\:Troff User\[aq]s Manual"
.UE ;
.
Bell Labs, 1976; revised by Brian Kernighan, 1992.
@@ -1296,6 +1333,7 @@ among the different
.I roff
implementations.
.
+.
.P
In
.IR groff ,
@@ -1304,6 +1342,7 @@ the man page
contains a survey of all documentation available in
.IR groff .
.
+.
.P
On other systems, you are on your own, but
.BR troff (1)
@@ -1314,7 +1353,6 @@ might be a good starting point.
.SH COPYING
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.co
-.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH AUTHORS
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/src/devices/grodvi/grodvi.man b/src/devices/grodvi/grodvi.man
index 9a04f42..1ff44e9 100644
--- a/src/devices/grodvi/grodvi.man
+++ b/src/devices/grodvi/grodvi.man
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ grodvi \- convert groff output to TeX dvi format
.
.\" copying (license)
.de co
-Copyright (C) 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -190,12 +190,12 @@ in the corresponding tfm file;
all characters in the tfm file can be accessed this way.
.
.LP
-By design, the DVI format doesn't care about physical dimensions of the
+By design, the DVI format doesn\[aq]t care about physical dimensions of the
output medium.
.
Instead,
.B grodvi
-emits the equivalent to \*(tx's
+emits the equivalent to \*[tx]\[aq]s
.BI \[rs]special{papersize= width , length }
on the first page;
.B dvips
@@ -256,7 +256,9 @@ Print the version number.
Set the default line thickness to
.I n
thousandths of an em.
-If this option isn't specified, the line thickness defaults to 0.04\~em.
+.
+If this option isn\[aq]t specified, the line thickness defaults to
+0.04\~em.
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -388,8 +390,8 @@ additionally, they give a much better coverage of groff
symbols.
.
Note that
.B ec.tmac
-must be called before any language-specific files; it doesn't take care of
-hcode values.
+must be called before any language-specific files; it doesn\[aq]t take
+care of hcode values.
.
.
.SH ENVIRONMENT
@@ -470,7 +472,6 @@ and widths of rules be rounded.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH "COPYING"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.co
.
.
diff --git a/src/devices/grohtml/grohtml.man b/src/devices/grohtml/grohtml.man
index 8c48a1d..51eae22 100644
--- a/src/devices/grohtml/grohtml.man
+++ b/src/devices/grohtml/grohtml.man
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ grohtml \- html driver for groff
.
.\" license
.de co
-Copyright (C) 1999-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 1999-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
@@ -76,20 +76,25 @@ and a device driver,
translates the output of GNU
.B troff
to html.
+.
Users should always invoke
.B grohtml
via the groff command with a
.B \-Thtml
option.
+.
If no files are given,
.B grohtml
will read the standard input.
+.
A filename of
.B \-
will also cause
.B grohtml
to read the standard input.
+.
Html output is written to the standard output.
+.
When
.B grohtml
is run by
@@ -97,10 +102,11 @@ is run by
options can be passed to
.B grohtml
using
-.BR groff 's
+.BR groff \[aq]s
.B \-P
option.
.
+.
.PP
.B grohtml
invokes
@@ -113,12 +119,15 @@ device, and in the second pass HTML output is generated
by the
.B html
device.
.
+.
.PP
.B grohtml
-always writes output in \%UTF-8 encoding and has built-in
-entities for all non-composite unicode characters.
+always writes output in \%UTF-8 encoding and has built-in entities for
+all non-composite unicode characters.
+.
In spite of this, groff may issue warnings about unknown special
-characters if they can't be found during the first pass.
+characters if they can\[aq]t be found during the first pass.
+.
Such warnings can be safely ignored unless the special characters
appear inside a table or equation.
.
@@ -132,7 +141,9 @@ appear inside a table or equation.
Number of bits of antialiasing information to be used by
.I text
when generating png images.
+.
The default is\~4 but valid values are 0, 1, 2, and\~4.
+.
Note your version of
.B gs
needs to support the
@@ -140,6 +151,7 @@ needs to support the
and
.B \%\-dGraphicAlphaBits
options in order to exploit antialiasing.
+.
A value of\~0 stops
.B grohtml
from issuing antialiasing commands to
@@ -158,8 +170,8 @@ to place all image files into directory
.
.TP
.B \-e
-This option should not be directly invoked by the user as it is
-an internal option utilized by
+This option should not be directly invoked by the user as it is an
+internal option utilized by
.B groff
when
.B \-Thtml
@@ -188,7 +200,9 @@ is the name of the device, usually
Number of bits of antialiasing information to be used by
.I graphics
when generating png images.
+.
The default is\~4 but valid values are 0, 1, 2, and\~4.
+.
Note your version of
.B gs
needs to support the
@@ -196,6 +210,7 @@ needs to support the
and
.B \%\-dGraphicAlphaBits
options in order to exploit antialiasing.
+.
A value of\~0 stops
.B grohtml
from issuing antialiasing commands to
@@ -214,7 +229,9 @@ tags.
.TP
.BI \-i resolution
Select the resolution for all images.
+.
By default this is 100 pixels per inch.
+.
Example:
.B \-i200
indicates 200 pixels per inch.
@@ -222,6 +239,7 @@ indicates 200 pixels per inch.
.TP
.BI \-I stem
Determine the image stem name.
+.
If omitted grohtml uses
.BI \%grohtml- XXX
.RI ( XXX
@@ -232,10 +250,11 @@ is the process ID).
Inform
.B grohtml
to split the html output into multiple files.
+.
The
.I filename
-is the stem and specified section headings
-(default is level one) start a new file, named
+is the stem and specified section headings (default is level one)
+start a new file, named
.IR filename-n.html .
.
.TP
@@ -245,10 +264,14 @@ document.
.
.TP
.B \-n
-Generate simple heading anchors whenever a section/number heading is found.
+Generate simple heading anchors whenever a section/number heading is
+found.
+.
Without the option the anchor value is the textual heading.
-This can cause problems when a heading contains a `?' on older versions of
-some browsers (Netscape).
+.
+This can cause problems when a heading contains a \[oq]?\[cq] on older
+versions of some browsers (Netscape).
+.
This flag is automatically turned on if a heading contains an image.
.
.TP
@@ -268,8 +291,10 @@ Turn off the automatic header and footer line (html rule).
.TP
.B \-s size
Set the base point size of the source file.
-Thereafter when this point size is used in the source it will correspond
-to the html base size.
+.
+Thereafter when this point size is used in the source it will
+correspond to the html base size.
+.
Every increase of two points in the source will yield a
.B <big>
tag, and conversely when a decrease of two points is seen a
@@ -294,6 +319,7 @@ the document.
.TP
.BI \-x dialect
Select HTML dialect.
+.
Currently,
.I dialect
should be either the digit\~\c
@@ -303,6 +329,7 @@ or the letter\~\c
which indicates whether
.B grohtml
should generate HTML\~4 or XHTML, respectively.
+.
This option should not be directly invoked by the user as it is
an internal option utilized by
.B groff
@@ -315,6 +342,7 @@ is specified.
.TP
.B \-y
Produce a right-justified groff signature at the end of the document.
+.
This is only generated if the
.B \-V
flag is also specified.
@@ -344,16 +372,19 @@ is dependent upon the png utilities
.BR \%pnmtopng )
and GhostScript
.RB ( gs ).
+.
.B \%pnmtopng
(version 2.37.6 or greater)
and
.B \%pnmcut
from the netpbm package (version 9.16 or greater) will work also.
+.
It is also dependent upon
.B \%psselect
from the
.B PSUtils
package.
+.
Images are generated whenever a table, picture, equation or line is
encountered.
.
@@ -364,6 +395,7 @@ encountered.
.
.B grohtml
uses temporary files.
+.
See the
.BR groff (@MAN1EXT@)
man page for details where such files are created.
@@ -393,6 +425,7 @@ for more details.
.
.B Grohtml
has been completely redesigned and rewritten.
+.
It is still beta code.
.
.
@@ -412,7 +445,6 @@ It is still beta code.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH "LICENSE"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.co
.
.
diff --git a/src/devices/grolbp/grolbp.man b/src/devices/grolbp/grolbp.man
index ad315a7..37f30b9 100644
--- a/src/devices/grolbp/grolbp.man
+++ b/src/devices/grolbp/grolbp.man
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ series laser printers).
.
.\" license
.de co
-Copyright (C) 1994-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 1994-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -94,6 +94,7 @@ is a driver for
that produces output in CAPSL and VDM format suitable for Canon LBP\-4 and
LBP\-8 printers.
.
+.
.LP
For compatibility with grolj4 there is an additional drawing command
available:
@@ -111,7 +112,7 @@ position, and the diagonally opposite corner at the current
position
.
Note that there can be whitespace between a one-letter option and its
argument; on the other hand, there must be whitespace and/or an equal sign
-(`=') between a long-name option and its argument.
+(\[oq]=\[cq]) between a long-name option and its argument.
.
.TP
.BI \-c numcopies
@@ -142,7 +143,7 @@ which must be a valid paper size description as indicated
in the section
.BI \-\-orientation= orientation
Print the document with
.I orientation
-orientation, which must be `portrait' or `landscape'.
+orientation, which must be \[oq]portrait\[cq] or \[oq]landscape\[cq].
.
.TP
.BI \-w width
@@ -151,7 +152,8 @@ orientation, which must be `portrait' or `landscape'.
Set the default line thickness to
.I width
thousandths of an em.
-If this option isn't specified, the line thickness defaults to 0.04\~em.
+.
+If this option isn\[aq]t specified, the line thickness defaults to 0.04\~em.
.
.TP
.B \-v
@@ -183,14 +185,17 @@ Print a short help text.
.
The driver supports the Dutch, Swiss and Swiss-Narrow scalable typefaces,
each one in the Regular, Bold, Italic and Bold-Italic styles.
+.
Additionally, the Courier and Elite monospaced typefaces at the sizes 8 and
12 points (for Courier) resp.\& 8 and 10 points (for Elite) are supported,
each one in the Regular, Bold and Italic styles.
.
+.
.PP
The following chart summarizes the font names you can use to access these
fonts:
.
+.
.PP
.TS
tab(|) allbox center;
@@ -219,6 +224,7 @@ precedence over the contents of the
.B DESC
file (this applies to the page orientation too).
.
+.
.PP
See
.BR groff_font (@MAN5EXT@)
@@ -226,6 +232,7 @@ how to set the paper dimensions in the
.B DESC
file.
.
+.
.PP
To set the paper size in the command line, add
.sp 1
@@ -247,6 +254,7 @@ is in the same format as in the
.B DESC
file.
.
+.
.PP
If no paper size is specified in the
.B DESC
@@ -264,8 +272,10 @@ or
can be set in the
.B DESC
file or with command line options.
+.
It is also case insensitive.
.
+.
.PP
To set the orientation in the
.B DESC
@@ -276,10 +286,12 @@ file, insert a line with the following content:
.RB [ portrait | landscape ]
.in -2m
.sp 1
+.
Only the first valid orientation command in the
.B DESC
file is used.
.
+.
.PP
To set the page orientation with command line options you can use the
.B \-o
@@ -307,6 +319,7 @@ In addition to the usual commands described in
provides the command
.I lbpname
which sets the font name sent to the printer when requesting this font.
+.
The syntax of this command is:
.sp 1
.in +2m
@@ -335,10 +348,10 @@ or
indicating the font styles Roman, Italic and Bold respectively.
.
.IP
-For instance, if the printer's
+For instance, if the printer\[aq]s
.I font listing A
-shows font `Nelite12I.ISO_USA', the corresponding entry in the font
-description file is
+shows font \[oq]Nelite12I.ISO_USA\[cq], the corresponding entry in the
+font description file is
.sp 1
.in +2m
.B lbpname NeliteI
@@ -354,14 +367,14 @@ program.
.IP \(bu
For scalable fonts,
.I printer_font_name
-is identical to the font name as it appears in the printer's
+is identical to the font name as it appears in the printer\[aq]s
.IR "font listing A" .
.
.IP
-For instance, to select the `Swiss' font in bold style, which appears in
-the printer's
+For instance, to select the \[oq]Swiss\[cq] font in bold style, which
+appears in the printer\[aq]s
.I font listing A
-as `Swiss-Bold', the required
+as \[oq]Swiss-Bold\[cq], the required
.B lbpname
command line is
.sp 1
diff --git a/src/devices/grolj4/grolj4.man b/src/devices/grolj4/grolj4.man
index 82d296e..bddcbb0 100644
--- a/src/devices/grolj4/grolj4.man
+++ b/src/devices/grolj4/grolj4.man
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ grolj4 \- groff driver for HP Laserjet 4 family
.
.\" license
.de co
-Copyright (C) 1994-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 1994-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -65,19 +65,22 @@ the original English.
.B grolj4
is a driver for
.B groff
-that produces output in PCL5 format suitable for an HP Laserjet 4 printer.
+that produces output in PCL5 format suitable for an HP Laserjet 4
+printer.
+.
.
.LP
There is an additional drawing command available:
.
.TP
.BI \eD'R\ dh\ dv '
-Draw a rule (solid black rectangle), with one corner
-at the current position, and the diagonally opposite corner
-at the current position
+Draw a rule (solid black rectangle), with one corner at the current
+position, and the diagonally opposite corner at the current position
.RI +( dh , dv ).
-Afterwards the current position will be at the opposite corner. This
-generates a PCL fill rectangle command, and so will work on
+.
+Afterwards the current position will be at the opposite corner.
+.
+This generates a PCL fill rectangle command, and so will work on
printers that do not support HPGL/2 unlike the other
.B \eD
commands.
@@ -87,9 +90,9 @@ commands.
.SH OPTIONS
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
-.PP
It is possible to have whitespace between a command line option and its
parameter.
+.
.TP
.BI \-c n
Print
@@ -123,7 +126,9 @@ Print the version number.
Set the default line thickness to
.I n
thousandths of an em.
-If this option isn't specified, the line thickness defaults to 0.04\~em.
+.
+If this option isn\[aq]t specified, the line thickness defaults to
+0.04\~em.
.
.TP
.BI \-F dir
@@ -134,6 +139,7 @@ to the search path for font and device description files;
is the name of the device, usually
.BR lj4 .
.
+.
.LP
The following four commands are available additionally in the
font description files:
@@ -217,5 +223,4 @@ Small dots.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH COPYING
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.co
diff --git a/src/devices/grolj4/lj4_font.man b/src/devices/grolj4/lj4_font.man
index 894abd3..fff7209 100644
--- a/src/devices/grolj4/lj4_font.man
+++ b/src/devices/grolj4/lj4_font.man
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ lj4_font \- groff fonts for use with devlj4
.
.\" license
.de co
-Copyright (C) 2004-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 2004-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -69,6 +69,8 @@ Differences among printer models are described in the
and the
.I "PCL~5 Comparison Guide Addendum"
(for printers introduced since approximately 2001).
+.
+.
.LP
LaserJet printers reference a glyph by a combination of a 256-glyph
symbol set and an index within that symbol set.
@@ -215,7 +217,6 @@ Font description file for font
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH COPYING
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.co
.
.
diff --git a/src/devices/gropdf/gropdf.man b/src/devices/gropdf/gropdf.man
index 5f65b3c..2608167 100644
--- a/src/devices/gropdf/gropdf.man
+++ b/src/devices/gropdf/gropdf.man
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ gropdf \- PDF driver for groff
.
.\" license
.de co
-Copyright (C) 2011-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 2011-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ is run by
options can be passed to
.B gropdf
using
-.BR groff 's
+.BR groff \[aq]s
.B \-P
option.
.
@@ -112,6 +112,7 @@ below for a guide how to install fonts for
.TP
.B \-d
Include debug information as comments within the PDF.
+.
Also produces an uncompressed PDF.
.
.TP
@@ -202,7 +203,7 @@ to embed ALL fonts (even the 14 base PDF fonts).
Append a comment line to end of PDF showing statistics,
i.e.\& number of pages in document.
.
-Ghostscript's
+Ghostscript\[aq]s
.B ps2pdf
complains about this line if it is included, but works anyway.
.
@@ -256,14 +257,16 @@ uses the same Type\~1 Adobe postscript fonts as the
.B grops
device driver.
.
-Although the PDF Standard allows the use of other font types (like TrueType)
-this implementation only accepts the Type\~1 postscript font.
+Although the PDF Standard allows the use of other font types (like
+TrueType) this implementation only accepts the Type\~1 postscript
+font.
.
-Fewer Type\~1 fonts are supported natively in PDF documents than
-the standard 35 fonts supported by
+Fewer Type\~1 fonts are supported natively in PDF documents than the
+standard 35 fonts supported by
.B grops
and all postscript printers, but all the fonts are available since any
-which aren't supported natively are automatically embedded in the PDF.
+which aren\[aq]t supported natively are automatically embedded in the
+PDF.
.
.
.LP
@@ -803,8 +806,8 @@ To return to normal printing repeat the command again.
.BI "\[rs]X'pdf: markstart " "/ANN definition" '
The macros which support PDF Bookmarks use this call internally to
start the definition of bookmark hotspot (user will have called
-\[oq].pdfhref\~L\[cq] with the text which will become the `hot spot'
-region).
+\[oq].pdfhref\~L\[cq] with the text which will become the \[oq]hot
+spot\[cq] region).
.
Normally this is never used except from within the pdfmark macros.
.
@@ -812,8 +815,8 @@ Normally this is never used except from within the pdfmark
macros.
.B \[rs]X'pdf: markend'
The macros which support PDF Bookmarks use this call internally to
stop the definition of bookmark hotspot (user will have called
-\[oq].pdfhref\~L\[cq] with the text which will become the `hot spot'
-region).
+\[oq].pdfhref\~L\[cq] with the text which will become the \[oq]hot
+spot\[cq] region).
.
Normally this is never used except from within the pdfmark macros.
.
@@ -824,7 +827,7 @@ Normally this is never used except from within the pdfmark
macros.
If you are using page traps to produce headings, footings, etc., you
need to use these in case a \[oq]hot spot\[cq] crosses a page
boundary, otherwise any text output by the heading or footing macro
-will be marked as part of the `hot spot'.
+will be marked as part of the \[oq]hot spot\[cq].
.
To stop this happening just place \[oq].pdfmarksuspend\[cq] and
\[oq].pdfmarkrestart\[cq] at the start and end of the page trap macro,
@@ -940,7 +943,7 @@ afmtodit Foo-Bar-Bold.afm map/textmap FBB
.
.IP
which converts the metric file \[oq]Foo-Bar-Bold.afm\[cq] to the groff
-font `FBB'.
+font \[oq]FBB\[cq].
.
If you have a font family which comes with normal, bold, italic, and
bold italic faces, it is recommended to use the letters
@@ -952,8 +955,8 @@ and
respectively, as postfixes in the groff font names to make groff\[aq]s
\[oq].fam\[cq] request work.
.
-An example is groff's built-in Times-Roman font: The font family name
-is
+An example is groff\[aq]s built-in Times-Roman font: The font family
+name is
.BR T ,
and the groff font names are
.BR TR ,
@@ -989,7 +992,7 @@ Foo-Bar-Bold.pfa is \[oq]XY-Foo-Bar-Bold\[cq] (the PS font
name is
stored in the
.B internalname
field in the \[oq]FBB\[cq] file) and belongs to foundry \[oq]F\[]cq]
-thus the following line should be added to `download':
+thus the following line should be added to \[oq]download\[cq]:
.
.RS
.IP
@@ -1094,7 +1097,6 @@ automatically loaded by
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH LICENSE
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.co
.
.
diff --git a/src/devices/gropdf/pdfmom.man b/src/devices/gropdf/pdfmom.man
index 4838bc2..c93ed22 100644
--- a/src/devices/gropdf/pdfmom.man
+++ b/src/devices/gropdf/pdfmom.man
@@ -1,8 +1,14 @@
-.ig
-Copyright (C) 2012, 2014
- Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-written by Deri James <address@hidden>
-and Peter Schaffter <address@hidden)
+.TH PDFMOM @MAN1EXT@ "@MDATE@" "Groff Version @VERSION@"
+.SH NAME
+pdfmom \- Produce PDF documents using the mom macro set
+.
+.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.\" Legalese
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
+.de co
+Copyright \[co] 2012-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -19,16 +25,20 @@ versions, except that this permission notice may be
included in
translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in
the original English.
..
+.de au
+This document was written by
+.MT address@hidden
+Deri James
+.ME
+and
+.MT address@hidden
+Peter Schaffter
+.ME .
+..
.
-.TH PDFMOM @MAN1EXT@ "@MDATE@" "Groff Version @VERSION@"
-.
-.
-.SH NAME
-.
-pdfmom \- Produce PDF documents using the mom macro set
-.
-.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH SYNOPSIS
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
.SY pdfmom
.OP \-Tps "\fR[pdfroff options]"
@@ -43,7 +53,9 @@ pdfmom \- Produce PDF documents using the mom macro set
.YS
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH DESCRIPTION
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
.B pdfmom
is a wrapper around
@@ -51,6 +63,7 @@ is a wrapper around
that facilitates the production of PDF documents from files
formatted with the mom macros.
.
+.
.P
.B pdfmom
prints to stdout, so output must be redirected to a destination
@@ -58,23 +71,27 @@ file. The size of the final PDF can be reduced by piping
the output
through
.BR ps2pdf .
.
+.
.P
If called with the
.B \-Tpdf
option (which is the default),
.B pdfmom
-processes files using groff's native PDF driver,
+processes files using groff\[aq]s native PDF driver,
.BR gropdf .
+.
If
.B \-Tps
is given, processing is passed over to
.BR pdfroff ,
which uses
-.BR groff 's
+.BR groff \[aq]s
PostScript driver.
+.
In either case, multiple runs of the source file are peformed in
order to satisfy any forward references in the document.
.
+.
.P
.B pdfmom
accepts all the same options as
@@ -84,6 +101,7 @@ If
is given, the options associated with
.B pdfroff
are accepted as well.
+.
Please note that when
.B pdfmom
calls
@@ -95,9 +113,11 @@ the
.B \-mpdfmark \-mom \-\-no-toc
.RE
.
+.
.P
options are implied and should not be given on the
command line.
+.
Equally, it is not necessary to supply the
.B \-mom
or
@@ -106,6 +126,7 @@ options when
.B \-Tps
is absent.
.
+.
.P
PDF integration with the
.B mom
@@ -113,7 +134,9 @@ macros is discussed in full in the PDF manual,
.IR "Producing PDFs with groff and mom" .
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH BUGS
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
.B pdfmom
sometimes issues warnings of the type
@@ -121,20 +144,32 @@ sometimes issues warnings of the type
.P
.RS 2
\&.\|.\|.:
-.B can't transparently output node at top level
+.B can\[aq]t transparently output node at top level
.RE
.
.P
This is more of an annoyance than a bug, and may safely be ignored.
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
.BR groff (@MAN1EXT@),
.BR pdfroff (@MAN1EXT@),
.BR ps2pdf (@MAN1EXT@)
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH "COPYING"
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.co
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SH AUTHORS
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.au
+.
+.
.\" Local Variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" End:
diff --git a/src/devices/grops/grops.man b/src/devices/grops/grops.man
index c29ed04..99fb748 100644
--- a/src/devices/grops/grops.man
+++ b/src/devices/grops/grops.man
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ grops \- PostScript driver for groff
.
.\" license
.de co
-Copyright (C) 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -65,8 +65,7 @@ to PostScript.
.
Normally
.B grops
-should be invoked by using the groff command
-with a
+should be invoked by using the groff command with a
.B \-Tps
option.
.
@@ -116,7 +115,6 @@ below for a guide how to install fonts for
.SH OPTIONS
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
-.LP
It is possible to have whitespace between a command line option and its
parameter.
.
@@ -183,8 +181,8 @@ this is needed when using Sun\[aq]s Newsprint with a
printer that
requires page reversal.
.
.IP
-Add\~16 if no media size information should be included in the document
-(this is, neither use
+Add\~16 if no media size information should be included in the
+document (this is, neither use
.B %%Document\%Media
nor the
.B setpagedevice
@@ -204,7 +202,6 @@ The default value can be specified by a
.IP
.BI broken\ n
.
-.
.LP
command in the DESC file.
.
@@ -1494,7 +1491,6 @@ PostScript Language Document Structuring Conventions
Specification
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH COPYING
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.co
.
.
diff --git a/src/devices/grotty/grotty.man b/src/devices/grotty/grotty.man
index 9118163..07ab62a 100644
--- a/src/devices/grotty/grotty.man
+++ b/src/devices/grotty/grotty.man
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ grotty \- groff driver for typewriter-like devices
.
.\" license
.de co
-Copyright (C) 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -54,12 +54,12 @@ option and its parameter.
translates the output of GNU
.B troff
into a form suitable for typewriter-like devices.
+.
Normally
.B grotty
should be invoked by using the
.B groff
-command
-with a
+command with a
.BR \-Tascii ,
.B \-Tlatin1
or
@@ -69,34 +69,39 @@ option on ASCII based systems, and with
and
.B \-Tutf8
on EBCDIC based hosts.
+.
If no files are given,
.B grotty
reads the standard input.
+.
A filename of
.B \-
also causes
.B grotty
to read the standard input.
+.
Output is written to the standard output.
.
.
.LP
By default,
.B grotty
-emits SGR escape sequences (from ISO 6429, also called ANSI color escapes)
-to change text attributes (bold, italic, colors).
+emits SGR escape sequences (from ISO 6429, also called ANSI color
+escapes) to change text attributes (bold, italic, colors).
+.
This makes it possible to have eight different background and
-foreground colors; additionally, bold and italic
-attributes can be used \f[BI]at the same time\f[] (by using the BI font).
+foreground colors; additionally, bold and italic attributes can be
+used \f[BI]at the same time\f[] (by using the BI font).
.
.
.LP
The following colors are defined in
.BR tty.tmac :
black, white, red, green, blue, yellow, magenta, cyan.
-Unknown colors are mapped to the default color (which is dependent on the
-settings of the terminal; in most cases, this is black for the foreground
-and white for the background).
+.
+Unknown colors are mapped to the default color (which is dependent on
+the settings of the terminal; in most cases, this is black for the
+foreground and white for the background).
.
.
.LP
@@ -114,10 +119,12 @@ by the sequence
.RB ` _
.SM BACKSPACE
.IR c '.
+.
At the same time, color output is disabled.
+.
The same effect can be achieved by setting either the
.B GROFF_NO_SGR
-environment variable or using the `sgr' X command (see below).
+environment variable or using the \[oq]sgr\[cq] X command (see below).
.
.
.LP
@@ -126,11 +133,13 @@ For SGR support, it is necessary to use the
option of
.BR less (1)
to disable the interpretation of
-.BR grotty 's
+.BR grotty \[aq]s
old output format.
+.
Consequently, all programs which use
.B less
as the pager program have to pass this option to it.
+.
For
.BR man (1)
in particular, either add
@@ -164,7 +173,7 @@ environment variable instead.
.
.
.LP
-.BR grotty 's
+.BR grotty \[aq]s
old output format can be displayed on a terminal
by piping through
.BR ul (1).
@@ -200,14 +209,17 @@ The font description file may contain a command
where
.I n
is a decimal integer.
+.
If the 01 bit in
.I n
is set,
then the font is treated as an italic font;
if the 02 bit is set,
then it is treated as a bold font.
-The code field in the font description field gives the
-code which is used to output the character.
+.
+The code field in the font description field gives the code which is
+used to output the character.
+.
This code can also be used in the
.B \[rs]N
escape sequence in
@@ -221,8 +233,10 @@ file contains the keyword
.BR unicode ,
.B grotty
emits Unicode characters in UTF-8 encoding.
-Otherwise, it emits characters in a single-byte encoding depending
-on the data in the font description files.
+.
+Otherwise, it emits characters in a single-byte encoding depending on
+the data in the font description files.
+.
See the
.BR groff_font (@MAN5EXT@)
man page for more details.
@@ -235,21 +249,22 @@ man page for more details.
.TP
.B \-b
Suppress the use of overstriking for bold characters.
+.
Ignored if
.B \-c
-isn't used.
+isn\[aq]t used.
.
.TP
.B \-B
Use only overstriking for bold-italic characters.
Ignored if
.B \-c
-isn't used.
+isn\[aq]t used.
.
.TP
.B \-c
Use
-.BR grotty 's
+.BR grotty \[aq]s
old output format (see above).
This also disables color output.
.
@@ -258,6 +273,7 @@ This also disables color output.
Ignore all
.B \[rs]D
commands.
+.
Without this
.B grotty
renders
@@ -270,6 +286,7 @@ using
and
.B +
characters.
+.
In a similar way,
.B grotty
handles
@@ -280,8 +297,9 @@ commands which consist entirely of horizontal and vertical
lines.
.TP
.B \-f
Use form feeds in the output.
-A form feed is output at the end of each page that has no output
-on its last line.
+.
+A form feed is output at the end of each page that has no output on
+its last line.
.
.TP
.BI \-F dir
@@ -299,13 +317,16 @@ or
.TP
.B \-h
Use horizontal tabs in the output.
+.
Tabs are assumed to be set every 8 columns.
.
.TP
.B \-i
Use escape sequences to set the italic text attribute instead of the
-underline attribute for italic fonts (`I' and `BI').
-Note that most terminals (including xterm) don't support this.
+underline attribute for italic fonts (\[oq]I\[cq] and \[oq]BI\[cq]).
+.
+Note that most terminals (including xterm) don\[aq]t support this.
+.
Ignored if
.B \-c
is active.
@@ -319,7 +340,8 @@ case the old output format has been activated with
.TP
.B \-r
Use escape sequences to set the reverse text attribute instead of the
-underline attribute for italic fonts (`I' and `BI').
+underline attribute for italic fonts (\[oq]I\[cq] and \[oq]BI\[cq]).
+.
Ignored if
.B \-c
is active.
@@ -327,16 +349,18 @@ is active.
.TP
.B \-u
Suppress the use of underlining for italic characters.
+.
Ignored if
.B \-c
-isn't used.
+isn\[aq]t used.
.
.TP
.B \-U
Use only underlining for bold-italic characters.
+.
Ignored if
.B \-c
-isn't used.
+isn\[aq]t used.
.
.TP
.B \-v
@@ -354,10 +378,11 @@ escape sequence.
.
.TP
.BI \[rs]X'tty:\ sgr\ n '
+.
If
.I n
-is non-zero or missing, enable SGR output (this is the default), otherwise
-use the old drawing scheme for bold and underline.
+is non-zero or missing, enable SGR output (this is the default),
+otherwise use the old drawing scheme for bold and underline.
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -369,6 +394,7 @@ use the old drawing scheme for bold and underline.
.B GROFF_NO_SGR
If set, the old drawing scheme for bold and underline (using the
backspace character) is active.
+.
Colors are disabled.
.
.
@@ -466,7 +492,6 @@ device is installed.
.SH BUGS
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
-.LP
.B grotty
is intended only for simple documents.
.
@@ -478,29 +503,27 @@ There is no support for fractional horizontal or vertical
motions.
.LP
There is no support for
.B \[rs]D
-commands
-other than horizontal and vertical lines.
+commands other than horizontal and vertical lines.
.
.
.LP
-Characters above the first line (i.e.\& with a vertical position of\~0)
-cannot be printed.
+Characters above the first line (i.e.\& with a vertical position
+of\~0) cannot be printed.
.
.
.LP
Color handling is different compared to
.BR grops (@MAN1EXT@).
.B \[rs]M
-doesn't set the fill color for closed graphic objects (which
+doesn\[aq]t set the fill color for closed graphic objects (which
.B grotty
-doesn't support anyway) but changes the background color of the character
-cell, affecting all subsequent operations.
+doesn\[aq]t support anyway) but changes the background color of the
+character cell, affecting all subsequent operations.
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.BR groff (@MAN1EXT@),
.BR @address@hidden (@MAN1EXT@),
.BR groff_out (@MAN5EXT@),
@@ -515,7 +538,6 @@ cell, affecting all subsequent operations.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH COPYING
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.co
.
.
diff --git a/src/devices/xditview/gxditview.man
b/src/devices/xditview/gxditview.man
index 13ae2e3..9911a95 100644
--- a/src/devices/xditview/gxditview.man
+++ b/src/devices/xditview/gxditview.man
@@ -1,18 +1,48 @@
.TH GXDITVIEW @MAN1EXT@ "@MDATE@" "Groff Version @VERSION@"
-.
-.
.SH NAME
gxditview \- display groff intermediate output files
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.\" Legalese
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
+.de co
+Copyright \[co] 1989, Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
+.br
+See
+.BR X (7)
+for a full statement of rights and permissions.
+..
+.
+.de au
+Keith Packard (MIT X Consortium)
+.br
+Richard L.\& Hyde (Purdue)
+.br
+David Slattengren (Berkeley)
+.br
+Malcolm Slaney (Schlumberger Palo Alto Research)
+.br
+Mark Moraes (University of Toronto)
+.br
+James Clark
+..
+.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH SYNOPSIS
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
.B \%gxditview
.RI [\fB\- toolkitoption\ .\|.\|.\|]
.RI [\fB\- option\ .\|.\|.\|]
.RI [ filename ]
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH DESCRIPTION
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
The
.B \%gxditview
program displays the
@@ -37,6 +67,7 @@ can be generated by
This can be viewed by explicitly calling
.B \%gxditview
.IR \%filename .
+.
If
.I filename
is
@@ -74,6 +105,7 @@ size (10pt or 12pt).
.
They are especially built for
.BR \%gxditview .
+.
When using one of them
.B groff
generates the
@@ -87,6 +119,7 @@ For example, to view this man page with a base resolution of
12pt, say
.IP
.B groff \-TX100\-12 \-man \-rS12 address@hidden@
.
+.
.PP
(option
.BI \-rS XX
@@ -94,6 +127,7 @@ is documented in the
.BR groff_man (@MAN7EXT@)
man page).
.
+.
.PP
.BR groff 's
option
@@ -112,11 +146,11 @@ display resolution; for rapid previewing, however,
something like
.IP
.BI "groff \-X \-P\-resolution \-P100 " document
.
+.
.PP
yields acceptable results.
.
.
-.
.PP
During the run of
.BR \%gxditview ,
@@ -153,6 +187,7 @@ Open for display a new file specified by a dialog box.
The file should contain some
.I groff intermediate
.IR output .
+.
If the filename starts with
.B |
it will be taken to be a command to read from.
@@ -183,7 +218,7 @@ The
and
.I Prior
.RI ( PgUp )
-keys are bound to the
+7keys are bound to the
.B Previous\ Page
action.
.
@@ -243,7 +278,10 @@ of the virtual page displayed by
.BR \%gxditview .
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH OPTIONS
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
The
.B \%gxditview
program accepts all of the standard X\~Toolkit command line options
@@ -265,6 +303,7 @@ Redisplay of the
window can take up to a second or so, this option causes the server to
save the window contents so that when it is scrolled around the
viewport, the window is painted from contents saved in backing store.
+.
.I backing-store-type
can be one of
.BR Always ,
@@ -308,8 +347,8 @@ This can be either a filename, or a command starting with
.
.
.PP
-The following standard X\~Toolkit command line arguments are commonly used
-with
+The following standard X\~Toolkit command line arguments are commonly
+used with
.BR \%gxditview :
.
.TP 8
@@ -360,7 +399,10 @@ This option specifies the X\~server to contact.
This option specifies a resource string to be used.
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH X DEFAULTS
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
This program uses the
.I Dvi
widget in the X\~Toolkit.
@@ -420,7 +462,10 @@ SS
-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--*-100-*-*-*-*-adobe-fontspecific\en\e
.fi
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH ENVIRONMENT
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
.TP
.SM
.B GROFF_FONT_PATH
@@ -435,13 +480,17 @@ and
for more details.
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH FILES
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
.TP
.B @APPRESDIR@/GXditview
.TQ
.B @APPRESDIR@/GXditview-color
The default resource files of
.BR \%gxditview .
+.
Users should override these values in the
.B .Xdefaults
file, normally located in the user's home directory.
@@ -453,7 +502,10 @@ and
for more.
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
.BR X (7),
.BR xrdb (1),
.BR xditview (1),
@@ -461,7 +513,10 @@ for more.
.BR groff_out (@MAN5EXT@)
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH ORIGIN
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
This program is derived from
.BR \%xditview ;
portions of
@@ -472,26 +527,15 @@ which was derived from
.BR \%suntroff .
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH COPYRIGHT
-Copyright 1989, Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
-.br
-See
-.BR X (7)
-for a full statement of rights and permissions.
-.
-.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.co
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH AUTHORS
-Keith Packard (MIT X Consortium)
-.br
-Richard L.\& Hyde (Purdue)
-.br
-David Slattengren (Berkeley)
-.br
-Malcolm Slaney (Schlumberger Palo Alto Research)
-.br
-Mark Moraes (University of Toronto)
-.br
-James Clark
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.au
+.
.
.\" Local Variables:
.\" mode: nroff
diff --git a/src/preproc/eqn/eqn.man b/src/preproc/eqn/eqn.man
index 0048736..1936daa 100644
--- a/src/preproc/eqn/eqn.man
+++ b/src/preproc/eqn/eqn.man
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
.
.\" license (copying)
.de co
-Copyright (C) 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -147,6 +147,7 @@ Recognize
and
.B .EN
even when followed by a character other than space or newline.
+.
Also, the statement
.RB \[oq] "delim on" \[cq]
is not handled specially.
@@ -327,27 +328,34 @@ binary
a binary operator such as \[oq]\[pl]\[cq];
.
.TP
-relation a relation such as \[oq]=\[cq];
+relation
+a relation such as \[oq]=\[cq];
.
.TP
-opening a opening bracket such as \[oq](\[cq];
+opening
+a opening bracket such as \[oq](\[cq];
.
.TP
closing
a closing bracket such as \[oq])\[cq];
.
.TP
-punctuation a punctuation character such as \[oq],\[cl];
+punctuation
+a punctuation character such as \[oq],\[cl];
.
.TP
-inner a subformula contained within brackets;
+inner
+a subformula contained within brackets;
+.
.TP
-suppress spacing that suppresses automatic spacing adjustment.
+suppress spacing
+that suppresses automatic spacing adjustment.
.RE
.
.
.LP
-Components of an equation get a type in one of two ways.
+Components of an equation
+get a type in one of two ways.
.
.TP
.BI type\ t\ e
diff --git a/src/preproc/eqn/neqn.man b/src/preproc/eqn/neqn.man
index 02599e5..96b809c 100644
--- a/src/preproc/eqn/neqn.man
+++ b/src/preproc/eqn/neqn.man
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
.
.\" license
.de co
-Copyright (C) 2001-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 2001-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
diff --git a/src/preproc/grn/grn.man b/src/preproc/grn/grn.man
index 65110ee..f7751c9 100644
--- a/src/preproc/grn/grn.man
+++ b/src/preproc/grn/grn.man
@@ -5,12 +5,12 @@
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.\" legal terms
+.\" Legalese
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
.\" license
.de co
-Copyright (C) 2000-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 2000-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Daniel Senderowicz and Werner Lemberg modified it for
..
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.\" definitons
+.\" Definitons
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
.do nr grn_C \n[.C]
@@ -809,9 +809,9 @@ Device description file for device
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.au
.
-.
.cp \n[grn_C]
.
+.
.\" Local Variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" End:
diff --git a/src/preproc/pic/pic.man b/src/preproc/pic/pic.man
index e0c5d8f..04ea3e0 100644
--- a/src/preproc/pic/pic.man
+++ b/src/preproc/pic/pic.man
@@ -4,11 +4,11 @@
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.\" license (copying)
+.\" License (copying)
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
.de co
-Copyright (C) 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ the original English.
..
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.\" definitions
+.\" Definitions
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
.\" Like TP, but if specified indent is more than half
@@ -1340,7 +1340,6 @@ PostScript\*R is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems
Incorporation.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH COPYING
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.co
.
.
diff --git a/src/preproc/preconv/preconv.man b/src/preproc/preconv/preconv.man
index 4d4b768..db2a698 100644
--- a/src/preproc/preconv/preconv.man
+++ b/src/preproc/preconv/preconv.man
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ preconv \- convert encoding of input files to something GNU
troff understands
.
.\" license (copying)
.de co
-Copyright (C) 2006-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 2006-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -352,7 +352,6 @@ info pages
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH COPYING
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.co
.
.
diff --git a/src/preproc/refer/refer.man b/src/preproc/refer/refer.man
index f0c14d6..5ad6c69 100644
--- a/src/preproc/refer/refer.man
+++ b/src/preproc/refer/refer.man
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
.de co
-Copyright (C) 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ the original English.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
-his file documents the GNU version of
+This file documents the GNU version of
.BR refer ,
which is part of the groff document formatting system.
.
diff --git a/src/preproc/soelim/soelim.man b/src/preproc/soelim/soelim.man
index 0806b7b..765d36d 100644
--- a/src/preproc/soelim/soelim.man
+++ b/src/preproc/soelim/soelim.man
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
.
.\" license (copying)
.de co
-Copyright (C) 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -266,14 +266,12 @@ box invisible width 0.5 height 0.4 "output" "file"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.BR groff (@MAN1EXT@)
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH COPYING
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.co
.
.
diff --git a/src/preproc/tbl/tbl.man b/src/preproc/tbl/tbl.man
index 99fba01..46b79c4 100644
--- a/src/preproc/tbl/tbl.man
+++ b/src/preproc/tbl/tbl.man
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
.
.\" license
.de co
-Copyright (C) 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Bernd Warken <address@hidden> added simple examples.
@@ -1207,7 +1207,6 @@ note that such columns usually don\[aq]t work with TTY
devices.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH REFERENCE
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
Lesk, M.E.: "TBL \[en] A Program to Format Tables".
For copyright reasons it cannot be included in the groff distribution,
but copies can be found with a title search on the World Wide Web.
@@ -1216,7 +1215,6 @@ but copies can be found with a title search on the World
Wide Web.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.BR groff (@MAN1EXT@),
.BR @address@hidden (@MAN1EXT@)
.
@@ -1224,7 +1222,6 @@ but copies can be found with a title search on the World
Wide Web.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH COPYING
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.co
.
.
diff --git a/src/roff/groff/groff.man b/src/roff/groff/groff.man
index a7f7ac9..90cf5ab 100644
--- a/src/roff/groff/groff.man
+++ b/src/roff/groff/groff.man
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ groff \- front-end for the groff document formatting system
.
.\" License
.de co
-Copyright (C) 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Rewritten in 2002 by Bernd Warken <address@hidden>
diff --git a/src/roff/grog/grog.man b/src/roff/grog/grog.man
index 79d79a9..f62b588 100644
--- a/src/roff/grog/grog.man
+++ b/src/roff/grog/grog.man
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
.TH GROG @MAN1EXT@ "@MDATE@" "Groff Version @VERSION@"
.SH NAME
grog \(em guess options for a following groff command
-.
.\" The .SH was moved to this place in order to appease `apropos'.
.
.\" grog.man -> grog.1 - man page for grog (section 1)
@@ -13,7 +12,7 @@ grog \(em guess options for a following groff command
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
.de co
-Copyright (C) 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of grog, which is part of groff, a free software
project. You can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of
diff --git a/src/roff/nroff/nroff.man b/src/roff/nroff/nroff.man
index f5132f0..d746943 100644
--- a/src/roff/nroff/nroff.man
+++ b/src/roff/nroff/nroff.man
@@ -3,9 +3,12 @@
@address@hidden \- emulate nroff command with groff
.
.
-.\" Legal Terms
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.\" Legalese
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
.de co
-Copyright (C) 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
diff --git a/src/roff/troff/troff.man b/src/roff/troff/troff.man
index 1921e59..684f441 100644
--- a/src/roff/troff/troff.man
+++ b/src/roff/troff/troff.man
@@ -6,9 +6,12 @@
.\" troff.man -> troff.1
.
.
-.\" Legal Terms
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.\" Legalese
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
.de co
-Copyright (C) 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of groff, the GNU roff type-setting system, which
is a GNU free software project..
@@ -68,6 +71,7 @@ It is part of the groff document formatting system.
It is functionally compatible with UNIX troff, but has many
extensions, see
.BR \%groff_diff (@MAN7EXT@).
+.
Usually it should be invoked using the
.BR groff (@MAN1EXT@)
command which will also run preprocessors and postprocessors in the
diff --git a/src/utils/addftinfo/addftinfo.man
b/src/utils/addftinfo/addftinfo.man
index 3f792f0..86479a8 100644
--- a/src/utils/addftinfo/addftinfo.man
+++ b/src/utils/addftinfo/addftinfo.man
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ addftinfo \- add information to troff font files for use with
groff
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
.de co
-Copyright (C) 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -148,7 +148,12 @@ If a parameter is not specified the default will be used.
.
The defaults are chosen to have the reasonable values for a Times
font.
+.
+.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
.BR groff_font (@MAN5EXT@),
.BR groff (@MAN1EXT@),
.BR groff_char (@MAN7EXT@)
@@ -175,7 +180,6 @@ in graphical mode (PDF, etc.).
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH COPYING
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.co
.
.
diff --git a/src/utils/afmtodit/afmtodit.man b/src/utils/afmtodit/afmtodit.man
index e055526..21d9b8e 100644
--- a/src/utils/afmtodit/afmtodit.man
+++ b/src/utils/afmtodit/afmtodit.man
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ afmtodit \- create font files for use with groff \-Tps and
\-Tpdf
.\" Leagal Terms
.
.de co
-Copyright (C) 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -143,8 +143,8 @@ If option
is not specified, the encoding defined in the AFM file (i.e., entries
with non-negative character codes) is used.
.
-Please refer to section `Using Symbols' in the groff info file which
-describes how groff glyph names are constructed.
+Please refer to section \[oq]Using Symbols\[cq] in the groff info file
+which describes how groff glyph names are constructed.
.
.
.LP
@@ -239,9 +239,10 @@ The device description file is
rather than the default
.BR DESC .
.
-If not found in the current directory, the `devps' subdirectory of the
-default font directory is searched (this is true for both the default
-device description file and a file given with option
+If not found in the current directory, the \[oq]devps\[qc]
+subdirectory of the default font directory is searched (this is true
+for both the default device description file and a file given with
+option
.BR \-d ).
.
.TP
@@ -386,7 +387,7 @@ Standard mapping.
.
.
.LP
-The groff info file, section `Using Symbols'.
+The groff info file, section \[oq]Using Symbols\[cq].
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/src/utils/hpftodit/hpftodit.man b/src/utils/hpftodit/hpftodit.man
index 202f1bf..0f37a7d 100644
--- a/src/utils/hpftodit/hpftodit.man
+++ b/src/utils/hpftodit/hpftodit.man
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ hpftodit \- create font description files for use with groff
\-Tlj4
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
.de co
-Copyright (C) 1994-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 1994-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -99,19 +99,19 @@ are the groff names of the character.
.
The values can be separated by any whitespace; the Unicode value must
use uppercase digits A\^\(en\^F, and must be without a leading
-.CW ` 0x ',
-.CW ` u ',
+.CW \[oq] 0x \[cq],
+.CW \[oq] u \[cq],
or
-.CW ` U+ '.
+.CW \[oq] U+ \[cq].
Unicode values corresponding to composite glyphs are decomposed; e.g.,
-.CW ` u00C0 '
+.CW \[oq] u00C0 \[cq]
becomes
-.CW ` u0041_0300 '.
+.CW \[oq] u0041_0300 \[cq].
.
The name for a glyph without a groff name may be given as
.CW u \fIXXXX\fP
if the glyph corresponds to a Unicode value, or as an unnamed glyph
-.CW ` --- '.
+.CW \[oq] --- \[cq].
.
If the given Unicode value is in the Private Use Area
(0xE000\^\(en\^0xF8FF), the glyph is included as an unnamed glyph.
@@ -123,15 +123,15 @@ for additional information about unnamed glyphs and how
to access them.
.
.LP
Blank lines and lines beginning with
-.CW ` # '
+.CW \[oq] # \[cq]
are ignored.
.
A
-.CW ` # '
+.CW \[oq] # \[cq]
following one or more groff names begins a comment.
.
Because
-.CW ` # '
+.CW \[oq] # \[cq]
is a valid groff name, it must appear first in a list of
groff names if a comment is included, e.g.,
.IP
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ rather than
.CW "3 0023 sh # # number sign"
.LP
which will treat the first
-.CW ` # '
+.CW \[oq] # \[cq]
as the beginning of the comment.
.
.
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ The groff font file is written to
if
.I font
is specified as
-.CW ` - ',
+.CW \[oq] - \[cq],
the output is written to the standard output.
.
.
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ it should be listed in the
command in the DESC file;
if it is not special, there is no need to list it, since
.B troff
-can automatically mount it when it's first used.
+can automatically mount it when it\[aq]s first used.
.
.
.LP
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ file.
A glyph with corresponding Unicode value is given the name
.RI u XXXX ;
a glyph without a Unicode value is included as an unnamed glyph
-\&`\-\^\-\^\-'.
+\&\[oq]\-\^\-\^\-\[cq].
.
A glyph with a Unicode value in the Private Use Area
(0xE000\^\(en\^0xF8FF) also is included as an unnamed glyph.
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ glyphs; with the
option, only the \(lqmathematical\(rq symbol sets
are searched.
.
-Nonetheless, restricting the symbol sets searched isn't very
+Nonetheless, restricting the symbol sets searched isn\[aq]t very
selective\(emmany glyphs are placed in both regular and special fonts.
.
Normally, the
@@ -246,9 +246,9 @@ The information includes the values of important TFM tags,
and a
listing (by MSL number for Intellifont TFM files or by Unicode value
for TrueType TFM files) of the glyphs included in the TFM file.
.
-The unit of measure `DU' for some tags indicates design units; there
-are 8782 design units per em for Intellifont fonts, and 2048 design
-units per em for TrueType fonts.
+The unit of measure \[oq]DU\[cq] for some tags indicates design units;
+there are 8782 design units per em for Intellifont fonts, and 2048
+design units per em for TrueType fonts.
.
Note that the accessibility of a glyph depends on its inclusion in a
symbol set; some TFM files list many glyphs but only a few symbol
@@ -314,11 +314,12 @@ option, the search order is reversed.
.TP
.BI \-i n
Generate an italic correction for each character so that the
-character\[aq]s width plus the character's italic correction is equal
-to
+character\[aq]s width plus the character\[aq]s italic correction is
+equal to
.I n
thousandths of an em plus the amount by which the right edge of the
-character's bounding is to the right of the character's origin.
+character\[aq]s bounding is to the right of the character\[aq]s
+origin.
.
If this would result in a negative italic correction, use a zero italic
correction instead.
@@ -336,7 +337,8 @@ instead.
Also generate a left italic correction for each character equal to
.I n
thousandths of an em plus the amount by which the left edge of the
-character's bounding box is to the left of the character's origin.
+character\[aq]s bounding box is to the left of the character\[aq]s
+origin.
.
The left italic correction may be negative.
.
@@ -365,7 +367,6 @@ Symbol mapping files
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.BR groff (@MAN1EXT@),
.BR groff_diff (@MAN1EXT@),
.BR grolj4 (@MAN1EXT@),
diff --git a/src/utils/indxbib/indxbib.man b/src/utils/indxbib/indxbib.man
index 262e432..313e6c0 100644
--- a/src/utils/indxbib/indxbib.man
+++ b/src/utils/indxbib/indxbib.man
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
.
.
.de co
-Copyright (C) 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -261,7 +261,6 @@ Temporary file.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.BR @address@hidden (@MAN1EXT@),
.BR lkbib (@MAN1EXT@),
.BR @address@hidden (@MAN1EXT@)
@@ -270,7 +269,6 @@ Temporary file.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH COPYING
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.co
.
.
diff --git a/src/utils/lkbib/lkbib.man b/src/utils/lkbib/lkbib.man
index c4f3d80..fa7eb2a 100644
--- a/src/utils/lkbib/lkbib.man
+++ b/src/utils/lkbib/lkbib.man
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ lkbib \- search bibliographic databases
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
.de co
-Copyright (C) 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -153,7 +153,6 @@ Index files.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.BR @address@hidden (@MAN1EXT@),
.BR @address@hidden (@MAN1EXT@),
.BR @address@hidden (@MAN1EXT@)
@@ -162,7 +161,6 @@ Index files.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH COPYING
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.co
.
.
diff --git a/src/utils/lookbib/lookbib.man b/src/utils/lookbib/lookbib.man
index 74e7b08..3947046 100644
--- a/src/utils/lookbib/lookbib.man
+++ b/src/utils/lookbib/lookbib.man
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
.de co
-Copyright (C) 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -107,7 +107,6 @@ Index files.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.BR @address@hidden (@MAN1EXT@),
.BR lkbib (@MAN1EXT@),
.BR @address@hidden (@MAN1EXT@)
@@ -116,7 +115,6 @@ Index files.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH COPYING
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.co
.
.
diff --git a/src/utils/pfbtops/pfbtops.man b/src/utils/pfbtops/pfbtops.man
index 1da3868..4f4bd22 100644
--- a/src/utils/pfbtops/pfbtops.man
+++ b/src/utils/pfbtops/pfbtops.man
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ pfbtops \- translate a PostScript font in .pfb format to ASCII
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
.de co
-Copyright (C) 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -72,7 +72,6 @@ and
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH OPTIONS
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.TP
.B \-v
Print the version number.
@@ -81,7 +80,6 @@ Print the version number.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.BR grops (@MAN1EXT@),
.BR gropdf (@MAN1EXT@)
.
@@ -89,7 +87,6 @@ Print the version number.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH COPYING
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.co
.
.
diff --git a/src/utils/tfmtodit/tfmtodit.man b/src/utils/tfmtodit/tfmtodit.man
index 6cb2922..a6e4073 100644
--- a/src/utils/tfmtodit/tfmtodit.man
+++ b/src/utils/tfmtodit/tfmtodit.man
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ tfmtodit \- create font files for use with groff \-Tdvi
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
.de co
-Copyright (C) 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ it should be listed in the
command in the DESC file;
if it is not special, there is no need to list it, since
.B troff
-can automatically mount it when it's first used.
+can automatically mount it when it\[aq]s first used.
.
.
.LP
@@ -247,7 +247,6 @@ Font description file for font
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.BR groff (@MAN1EXT@),
.BR grodvi (@MAN1EXT@),
.BR groff_font (@MAN5EXT@)
@@ -256,7 +255,6 @@ Font description file for font
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH COPYING
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.co
.
.
diff --git a/src/utils/xtotroff/xtotroff.man b/src/utils/xtotroff/xtotroff.man
index b7b84e1..e8e8f73 100644
--- a/src/utils/xtotroff/xtotroff.man
+++ b/src/utils/xtotroff/xtotroff.man
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ xtotroff \- convert X font metrics into GNU troff font metrics
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
.de co
-Copyright (C) 2004-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 2004-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -116,22 +116,19 @@ Print the version number.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH BUGS
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
-The only supported font encodings are `iso8859-1' and
-`adobe-fontspecific'.
+The only supported font encodings are \[oq]iso8859-1\[cq] and
+\[cq]adobe-fontspecific\[cq].
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.BR gxditview (@MAN1EXT@)
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH COPYING
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.co
.
.
diff --git a/tmac/groff_man.man b/tmac/groff_man.man
index c6ac5fb..85b37ba 100644
--- a/tmac/groff_man.man
+++ b/tmac/groff_man.man
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
.\" -*- nroff -*-
.TH GROFF_MAN @MAN7EXT@ "@MDATE@" "Groff Version @VERSION@"
.SH NAME
-groff_man \- groff `man' macros to support generation of man pages
+groff_man \- groff man macros to support generation of man pages
.
.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ groff_man \- groff `man' macros to support generation of man
pages
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
.de co
-Copyright (C) 1999-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 1999-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
@@ -145,19 +145,18 @@ The default is 7n for
.
For
.IR nroff ,
-this value should always be an integer multiple of unit `n' to get
-consistent indentation.
+this value should always be an integer multiple of unit \[oq]n\[cq] to
+get consistent indentation.
.
.
.TP
.BI \-rLL= line-length
Set line length.
.
-If this option is not given,
-the line length is set to respect any value set by a prior `.ll' request
-(which
+If this option is not given, the line length is set to respect any
+value set by a prior \[oq].ll\[cq] request (which
.I must
-be in effect when the `.TH' macro is invoked),
+be in effect when the \[oq].TH\[cq] macro is invoked),
if this differs from the built\-in default for the formatter;
otherwise it defaults to 78n in
.I nroff
@@ -167,25 +166,25 @@ mode.
.
.
.IP
-Note that the use of a `.ll' request to initialize the line length
-is supported for backward compatibility with some versions of the
+Note that the use of a \[oq].ll\[cq] request to initialize the line
+length is supported for backward compatibility with some versions of
+the
.B man
program;
-direct initialization of the `LL' register should
+direct initialization of the \[oq]LL\[cq] register should
.I always
be preferred to the use of such a request.
.
-In particular, note that a `.ll\ 65n' request does
+In particular, note that a \[oq].ll\ 65n\[cq] request does
.I not
preserve the normal
.I nroff
default line length,
(the
.B man
-default initialization to 78n prevails),
-whereas,
-the `\-rLL=65n' option, or an equivalent `.nr\ LL\ 65n'
-request preceding the use of the `TH' macro,
+default initialization to 78n prevails), whereas, the
+\[oq]\-rLL=65n\[cq] option, or an equivalent \[oq].nr\ LL\ 65n\[cq]
+request preceding the use of the \[oq]TH\[cq] macro,
.I does
set a line length of 65n.
.
@@ -231,7 +230,7 @@ number pages as
.IR nnn c,
etc.
.
-For example, the option `\-rX2' produces the following page
+For example, the option \[oq]\-rX2\[cq] produces the following page
numbers: 1, 2, 2a, 2b, 2c, etc.
.
.
@@ -285,8 +284,9 @@ Set up a paragraph with hanging left indentation.
.
The indentation is set to
.I nnn
-if that argument is supplied (the default unit is `n' if omitted),
-otherwise it is set to the previous indentation value specified with
+if that argument is supplied (the default unit is \[oq]n\[cq] if
+omitted), otherwise it is set to the previous indentation value
+specified with
.BR .TP ,
.BR .IP ,
or
@@ -334,8 +334,9 @@ as a tag to mark its beginning.
.
The indentation is set to
.I nnn
-if that argument is supplied (the default unit is `n' if omitted),
-otherwise it is set to the previous indentation value specified with
+if that argument is supplied (the default unit is \[oq]n\[cq] if
+omitted), otherwise it is set to the previous indentation value
+specified with
.BR .TP ,
.BR .IP ,
or
@@ -348,13 +349,13 @@ to its default values.
.
.IP
To start an indented paragraph with a particular indentation but
-without a designator, use `""' (two doublequotes) as the second
-argument.
+without a designator, use \[oq]""\[cq] (two doublequotes) as the
+second argument.
.
.
.IP
For example, the following paragraphs were all set up with bullets as
-the designator, using `.IP\ \\(bu\ 4'.
+the designator, using \[oq].IP\ \\(bu\ 4\[cq].
.
The whole block has been enclosed with
.B .RS
@@ -426,7 +427,7 @@ increases the level by\~1.
.BI .RS " \fR[\fPnnn\fR]\fP"
This macro moves the left margin to the right by the value
.I nnn
-if specified (default unit is `n'); otherwise it is set to the
+if specified (default unit is \[oq]n\[cq]); otherwise it is set to the
previous indentation value specified with
.BR .TP ,
.BR .IP ,
@@ -491,8 +492,8 @@ which must take on a value between 1 and\~8.
.
The value
.I section
-may also have a string appended, e.g.\& `.pm', to indicate a specific
-subsection of the
+may also have a string appended, e.g.\& \[oq].pm\[cq], to indicate a
+specific subsection of the
.IR \%man\~pages .
.
Both
@@ -522,8 +523,8 @@ For HTML output, headers and footers are completely
suppressed.
.
.IP
Additionally, this macro starts a new page; the new line number is\~1
-again (except if the `\-rC1' option is given on the command line) --
-this feature is intended only for formatting multiple
+again (except if the \[oq]\-rC1\[cq] option is given on the command
+line) -- this feature is intended only for formatting multiple
.IR \%man\~pages ;
a single
.I \%man\~page
@@ -538,7 +539,7 @@ Set up an indented paragraph with label.
.
The indentation is set to
.I nnn
-if that argument is supplied (the default unit is `n' if omitted),
+if that argument is supplied (the default unit is \[oq]n\[cq] if omitted),
otherwise it is set to the previous indentation value specified with
.BR .TP ,
.BR .IP ,
@@ -661,8 +662,8 @@ Thus
.
.
.PP
-would cause `this' and `that' to appear in bold face, while `word and'
-appears in italics.
+would cause \[oq]this\[cq] and \[oq]that\[cq] to appear in bold face,
+while \[oq]word and\[cq] appears in italics.
.RE
.
.
@@ -1012,9 +1013,9 @@ markup instead.
.BI .PD " \fR[\fPnnn\fR]\fP"
Adjust the empty space before a new paragraph or section.
.
-The optional argument gives the amount of space (default unit is `v');
-without parameter, the value is reset to its default value (1\~line in
-nroff mode, 0.4v\~otherwise).
+The optional argument gives the amount of space (default unit is
+\[oq]v\[cq]); without parameter, the value is reset to its default
+value (1\~line in nroff mode, 0.4v\~otherwise).
.
This affects the macros
.BR SH ,
@@ -1052,7 +1053,7 @@ Redefine this macro to get control of the header.
.BI .UC " \fR[\fPversion\fR]\fP"
Alter the footer for use with \f[CR]BSD\f[]
.IR man\~pages .
-This command exists only for compatibility; don't use it.
+This command exists only for compatibility; don\[aq]t use it.
.
See the
.I groff
@@ -1065,7 +1066,7 @@ The following strings are defined:
.
.TP
.B \e*R
-The `registered' sign.
+The \[oq]registered\[cq] sign.
.
.
.TP
@@ -1079,19 +1080,19 @@ Switch back to the default font size.
.B \e*(rq
Left and right quote.
.
-This is equal to `\e(lq' and `\e(rq', respectively.
+This is equal to \[oq]\e(lq\[cq] and \[oq]\e(rq\\[cq], respectively.
.
.
.TP
.B \e*(HF
The typeface used to print headings and subheadings.
.
-The default is `B'.
+The default is \[oq]B\[cq].
.
.
.TP
.B \e*(Tm
-The `trademark' sign.
+The \[oq]trademark\[cq] sign.
.
.
.PP
@@ -1113,11 +1114,11 @@ look like this:
.PP
Note the single space character after the double quote.
.I word
-consists of letters for the needed preprocessors: `e' for
+consists of letters for the needed preprocessors: \[oq]e\[cq] for
.BR @address@hidden ,
-`r' for
+\[oq]r\[cq] for
.BR @address@hidden ,
-and `t' for
+and \[oq]t\[cq] for
.BR @address@hidden .
.
Modern implementations of the
@@ -1152,7 +1153,7 @@ render it to HTML.
.
Troff requests make implicit assumptions about things like character
and page sizes that may break in an HTML environment; also, many of
-these viewers don't interpret the full troff vocabulary, a problem
+these viewers don\[aq]t interpret the full troff vocabulary, a problem
that can lead to portions of your text being silently dropped.
.
.
@@ -1161,7 +1162,7 @@ For portability to modern viewers, it is best to write
your page
entirely in the requests described on this page.
.
Further, it is best to completely avoid those we have described as
-`presentation-level'
+\[oq]presentation-level\[cq]
.RB ( .HP ,
.BR .PD ,
and
@@ -1195,7 +1196,7 @@ These are wrapper files to call
.
.TP
.B andoc.tmac
-Use this file in case you don't know whether the
+Use this file in case you don\[aq]t know whether the
.B man
macros or the
.B mdoc
@@ -1246,11 +1247,10 @@ given after calling
Local changes and customizations should be put into this file.
.
.
-.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.ad l
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.BR @address@hidden (@MAN1EXT@),
.BR @address@hidden (@MAN1EXT@),
.BR @address@hidden (@MAN1EXT@),
diff --git a/tmac/groff_mdoc.man b/tmac/groff_mdoc.man
index e77b198..606c588 100644
--- a/tmac/groff_mdoc.man
+++ b/tmac/groff_mdoc.man
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
.\" Warning: You can't format this file with the old mdoc macros!
.\"
.\"
-.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+.\" Copyright (C) 1990, 1993
.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
diff --git a/tmac/groff_me.man b/tmac/groff_me.man
index 920bd81..2a54bfd 100644
--- a/tmac/groff_me.man
+++ b/tmac/groff_me.man
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
groff_me \- troff macros for formatting papers
.
.
-.\" Copyright (c) 1980 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" Copyright (C) 1980 The Regents of the University of California.
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
diff --git a/tmac/groff_ms.man b/tmac/groff_ms.man
index bd2e5c5..9464bab 100644
--- a/tmac/groff_ms.man
+++ b/tmac/groff_ms.man
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ groff_ms \- groff ms macros
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
.de co
-Copyright (C) 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
diff --git a/tmac/groff_trace.man b/tmac/groff_trace.man
index da7f3b2..7b04373 100644
--- a/tmac/groff_trace.man
+++ b/tmac/groff_trace.man
@@ -6,9 +6,12 @@ groff_trace \- groff macro package trace.tmac
.\" File position: <groff-source>/tmac/groff_trace.man
.
.
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.\" Legal Terms
+.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
+.
.de co
-Copyright (C) 2002-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 2002-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of groff, the GNU roff type-setting system.
diff --git a/tmac/groff_www.man b/tmac/groff_www.man
index 0bf44ef..c4d5761 100644
--- a/tmac/groff_www.man
+++ b/tmac/groff_www.man
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ groff_www \- groff macros for authoring web pages
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.
.de co
-Copyright (C) 2000-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \[co] 2000-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of groff.
@@ -238,11 +238,11 @@ foo \[la]\f[C]http://foo.org\f[]\[ra]:
.
.IP
The URL macro can be of any type; for example we can reference
-.URL pic.html "Eric Raymond's pic guide"
+.URL pic.html "Eric Raymond\[aq]s pic guide"
by:
.RS
.IP
-.B .URL pic.html \[dq]Eric Raymond's pic guide\[dq]
+.B .URL pic.html \[dq]Eric Raymond\[aq]s pic guide\[dq]
.RE
.
.TP
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ package:
and
.BR pnmtops .
.
-If the document isn't processed with
+If the document isn\[aq]t processed with
.B \-Thtml
or
.B \-Txhtml
@@ -681,7 +681,6 @@ information is currently rendered as a PNG image.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH FILES
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
@MACRODIR@/www.tmac
.
.
@@ -699,7 +698,6 @@ be reproduced, and say which version of groff you are using.
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.\" --------------------------------------------------------------------
-.
.BR groff (@MAN1EXT@),
.BR @address@hidden (@MAN1EXT@)
.BR \%grohtml (@MAN1EXT@),
| [Prev in Thread] |
Current Thread |
[Next in Thread] |
- [groff] 01/01: all man-pages in groff source tree: use \[aq], \[oq], \[cq], \[co],
Bernd Warken <=